cgi 427 2894

Climate Change Contact Our History Books Library

Climate Change Systems Perspective
By
Walter Sobkiw


Copyright © 2023 Walter Sobkiw CassBeth Inc. All rights reserved. This document may be freely distributed for education and developing awareness of ventilation and its link to airborne respiratory infections and carbon footprint. Its contents may not be sold or resold by any entity including for profit, nonprofit, and government organizations without express written permission from Cassbeth.

Published by Cassbeth

First Edition

Library of Congress TBD

ISBN TBD

DISCLAIMER

Cassbeth does not endorse any technologies, products, industries, or companies. Cassbeth does not guarantee, certify, or assure the safety or performance of any products, components, or systems tested, installed, or operated in accordance with this product. This product is being distributed without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. In no event shall Cassbeth or any associated entities or individuals be held liable for damages arising from its use. Any feedback given to this product will be treated as non-confidential and may be used free of charge without limitation for future updates.


Final Findings

  1. Reducing HVAC (ventilation) carbon footprint will cost money.
  2. Ventilation is directly related to carbon footprint and ventilation must not drop to unhealthy levels to reduce carbon footprint.
  3. The only way to justify the cost of more efficient lower carbon footprint equipment and operations is to link it to existing unhealthy ventilation conditions in some or all spaces.
  4. Even if local codes are being followed, they may not be providing healthy ventilation levels for all spaces, the current guidance is to provide a minimum of 5 ACH (air changes per hour) in all rooms.
  5. People will continue to get sick and some will die because of poor facility ventilation for years.
  6. Changes will happen, but it will take time.
  7. Coupling healthy ventilation with low carbon foot print and climate change is the only path forward.


Initial Internet Website Release: December 12, 2023. Last Modified: 11/17/2024 PDF Created 02/01/2025

This analysis was made private on the Internet using a login and converted to a PDF. There is no longer public access. In the future it may be converted to a book.

This systems engineering analysis is constantly being updated. A suggested approach is to periodically visit this content and look for new date stamps in the TOC.

In 2006 Cassbeth began to investigate Global Warming and it was soon determined that the context diagram was too small and the system boundary was expanded to Sustainability, but the core of the sustainability work was always driven by the elephant in the room - Global Warming. Today the phrase is Climate Change and it suggests that the challenge is not only to reduce global warming but also to deal with the reality that the climate is changing and that change will cause system instability that must be addressed.

This research is broad and addresses Climate Change from a systems perspective but it quickly focused on Climate Action Plans because a serious systems issue surfaced that must be incorporated into all future plans.

A Climate Action Plan (CAP) is a document for measuring, tracking, and reducing greenhouse gas emissions and adopting climate adaptation measures. The documents are used to guide policy makers in addressing the impact of climate change in their communities. A CAP includes targets for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and detailed steps for meeting and tracking those targets. Plans also may include elements like resilience strategies and clean energy targets. The plans generally focus on implementing actions that will achieve emissions reductions in the most cost effective way possible. Building ventilation has a carbon footprint and we know from the COVID-19 disaster that poor building ventilation leads to respiratory infections that will kill or lead to lost health. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters. From a systems perspective, the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious situation and the current generation cannot ignore this connection.

Again, this research covers more than just the CAP challenges.

TOC

Preface

  1. Recommendations 04/21/2024, 04/22/24, 04/24/24, 04/26/24
    1. Recommendations List 04/21/2024, 04/22/24, 04/24/24, 04/26/24, 11/17/24
      1. Buildings and Energy
      2. University Academics
      3. University Applied Research
      4. K-12 Lesson Plans
      5. Employee Training
    2. Recommendations Decision Making 08/01/24
    3. Recommendations Justification 08/01/24, 08/11/24
  2. Introduction 12/12/23, 12/19/23, 12/26/23, 2/17/24
  3. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 12/12/23
  4. Climate Action Plans 12/12/23, 12/18/23
  5. Climate Action Plans Review 12/03/23, 12/18/23
    1. Example Plans
    2. Ventilation Background
      1. Ventilation what is it?
      2. What should be the ACH Level?
      3. Where do ACH standards and guidelines come from?
      4. What have facility managers done?
    3. Climate Action Plans - Ventilation
  6. World Health Organization 05/03/24
  7. Climate Action Plan Ventilation Requirements 12/12/23, 04/23/2024
  8. Buildings and Energy Site-Surveys 06/14/24
  9. CAP Guidance and Rating Systems 06/07/2024
    1. CAP Guidance 06/07/24
    2. Green Certification Programs 06/08/24
    3. Air Quality Certification Programs 06/08/24
    4. Healthy Ventilation Certification Systems 06/08/24
    5. National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building 06/07/24
    6. STARS - The Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System 04/22/24
    7. Sustainable Ventilation Assessment & Rating System (SVARS) 06/07/24
  10. Building Ventilation and Carbon Footprint 04/16/24
    1. Ventilation Carbon Footprint Measurement and Modeling 12/03/23, 12/12/23, 12/18/23
      1. Model
      2. Metered Data Collection 04/23/2024
      3. Building Automation Systems 04/23/2024, 04/26/24
        1. Building Management System / Building Automation Systems 05/02/24
        2. Energy Management Systems 05/02/24
        3. EMS and BMS / BAS Integration 05/02/24
        4. EMS BMS / BAS Ventilation 05/02/24
      4. Infrastructure Size
    2. Ventilation Tradeoffs 12/21/23, 04/16/24, 04/23/2024
    3. Mechanical Ventilation for a Large University 4/12/2024
      1. Key Requirements
      2. Optimizing Existing Mechanical Ventilation
    4. UV Ventilation for a Large University 4/10/2024, 4/11/2024, 04/23/2024
      1. UV Ventilation Program 4/10/2024, 4/11/2024
      2. UV Return on Investment 04/12/2024
      3. UV Operational Test and Evaluation Program 4/11/2024
      4. UV Mechanism and Airborne Contagion Destruction 4/11/2024, 04/21/24
      5. Additional UV Research References 04/21/24
      6. Other Ventilation Technologies 04/22/24
    5. Systems and Building Commissioning 11/04/24, 11/05/24, 11/07/24
      1. HVAC Building Commissioning Measures 11/04/24
      2. Continuous Building Commissioning 11/04/24, 11/05/24
      3. Continuous Building Commissioning Ventilation Guidelines 11/04/24, 11/05/24
    6. Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators 11/17/24
      1. Background
      2. Research Findings
    7. Potential Research Projects 12/19/23
    8. University Level Courses 12/24/23, 12/26/23
      1. Climate Change University Masters Degree Programs 12/28/23
      2. Course Recommendations 01/04/24
    9. Psychology of Ventilation 01/04/24
  11. Solar Trees and Solar Panels 06/20/24
  12. Cafeteria Food Choices Carbon Footprint 06/02/24
  13. Project 2025 Stakeholder Analysis - Climate Change 07/30/24
    1. Climate Change and Sustainability Rejection Stakeholders 07/30/24
    2. Climate Change and Sustainability Stakeholders 07/30/24
    3. Science the Endless Frontier 07/30/24
    4. Project 2025 Roots 08/02/24
    5. Rise of Business Schools and MBAs Impacts 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24
      1. Loss of the Systems Perspective 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24, 11/10/24
      2. Change in Performance Reviews and Corporate Charters 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24
      3. Leveraged Buyouts 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24
      4. Replacing American Capitalism With Predatory Capitalism 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24
      5. Impacts on Universities 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24
      6. MBA Education Changes 11/12/24
      7. The Future Beyond 2025 11/06/24, 11/07/24, 11/08/24, 11/10/24
    6. Funding Sources in A Project 2025 World 11/08/24
  14. Project 2025 and Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs 11/30/24
  15. Sustainable Development Systems Practices 12/12/23, 12/19/23
    1. Life Cycle Cost
    2. Life Cycle Carbon Load
    3. Internal versus External System Sustainability
    4. New Sustainability Performance Requirements
    5. Financial Metrics and Value
    6. Architecture Identification Tradeoffs and Selection
      1. Value Systems
      2. Advantages Disadvantages List
      3. Sustainability Tradeoff Criteria
      4. Sustainability Tradeoff Matrix
      5. MOE Carbon Based
      6. Other Decision Making Approaches
      7. Architecture Design Selection Big Picture
  16. Technology Assessment 08/14/24
  17. Earth System Boundaries and Systems Balance 09/17/24, 09/21/24
    1. Planetary Boundaries 09/17/24
    2. Tipping Points 09/17/24
    3. Systems Balance 09/17/24
    4. Ventilation Carbon Footprint Impacts 09/21/24
    5. Technology Limitations 09/21/24
    6. Final System Observations 09/26/24
  18. Climate Change A Systems Perspective 12/28/23, 12/29/23
    1. Observations 12/28/23
    2. Impacts 12/28/23
    3. Climate Change Wars 12/28/23
    4. Architecture Alternatives 12/28/23, 12/29/23, 12/30/23, 08/11/24
    5. Architecture Observations 12/28/23, 12/29/23, 12/30/23
      1. Buildings and Energy 12/29/23, 12/30/23
      2. Retail Distribution Systems 12/29/23, 12/30/23
      3. Solar Blankets 12/29/23, 12/30/23
      4. Power Purchase Agreements 05/01/24, 05/09/24
    6. Potential Tradeoffs Analyses 12/30/23
  19. Climate Action Plan Implementation System 08/30/24, 08/31/24
    1. Systematic Approach 08/30/24
    2. Release Strategy 08/30/24, 08/31/24
    3. Performance Requirements and Metrics 08/30/24, 08/31/24
    4. Climate Change Plan (CAP) Outline 08/30/24, 08/31/24
    5. CAP Implementation System (CIS) Management 08/30/24
    6. Funding Sources 08/30/24
    7. TIMS - Technical Interchange Meetings 08/30/24
    8. SEL - Systems Engineering Library 08/30/24
    9. Email Group 08/30/24, 08/31/24
    10. CAP Example 08/31/24, 09/03/24
    11. References


.

Preface

Systems Perspective

This analysis is coming from a systems perspective. Many associate the systems approach with engineering of large complex systems. Examples of large complex systems engineering from the previous century are the U.S. Space Program, Air Defense, Air Traffic Control, etc. However, systems analysis is performed and used when addressing any complex problem that needs an effective solution. The following is offered as a definition of Systems Engineering from Systems Engineering Design:

Discipline that concentrates on the design and application of the whole (system) as distinct from the parts. It involves looking at a problem in its entirety, taking into account all the facets and all the variables and relating the social to the technical aspect.

In a systems analysis effort for a problem of this magnitude all alternatives are examined that may be able to address the need and provide a viable solution. This requires massive resources and in the past the U.S. government and a handful of systems companies performed this type of systems analysis. This is called large complex systems analysis.

For the specialists that are working their respective areas, in a systems effort they are represented and sit at the systems engineering table. As they present their analysis findings their work informs other specialists in completely different analysis areas. It is this cross fertilization that allows all specialists to broaden their perspectives and enables them to detect new patterns in their own body of work, especially if they are stuck. Systems analysis is the mechanism that allows specialists to quickly and effectively communicate their findings to completely different areas and significantly shift the overall results in a positive direction. This systems analysis is offered in that spirit of an effective systems activity.

One of the key challenges in systems analysis is to determine the key needs, key analysis, key requirements, and key system architecture approaches that will solve the problem. This is very difficult because there is the important consideration to filter out the noise (irrelevant) while not losing what may be the answer. There is an old saying that practitioners use to communicate this challenge: We don't care about how many angels can dance on the head of a pin and we can't throw out the baby with the bathwater.

One of the important elements that the systems perspective provides is that it includes the human condition in the system. The system solution must include the reality that people are part of the system and that they do not behave rationally. So the system must account for irrational human behavior otherwise it will fail or have very poor performance characteristics. Without the systems perspective this is always lost. The purpose of all the systems analysis is to enable the development of potential architectures and solutions. Eventually the architecture(s) and solution(s) must be selected.

More information on the systems perspective for this problem is available as part of this systems engineering analysis at: Systems Perspective.


Recommendations

This recomendations sections include the following content:

Recommendations List

The following recommendations are coming from this systems analysis. The recommendations fall into the following categories:

  1. Buildings and Energy
  2. University Academics
  3. University Applied Research
  4. K-12 Lesson Plans
  5. Employee Training

Each of these recommendations are summarized below with detailed descriptions and analysis found in the body of this information product.

Buildings and Energy

1. Climate Action Plans (CAP) should provide standalone ACH Level Requirements [3]

A CAP needs to include carbon footprint impacts on ventilation performance levels to establish not only a low carbon footprint but also a healthy ventilation future everywhere. A CAP can no longer reference LEED (or ASHRAE non-hospital standards) for ventilation because the CDC guidance is now a minimum of 5 ACH in all rooms. LEED references ASHRAE non-hospital standards and both LEED and ASHRAE non-hospital standards do not provide the correct requirements so that designers, operators, and maintainers can ensure 5 ACH in all rooms. Add the following text to the CAP in the same place where LEED and or ASHRAE are referenced:

From a systems perspective, the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. Based on this critical need all rooms in all buildings shall have a minimum of 5 Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) per the latest CDC guidelines in 2024.

See Climate Action Plan Ventilation Requirements.

2. Install a Building Automation System in Each Building (BAS)

The BAS system must support the following key ventilation requirements: kWh, CFM, ACH, cubic feet, and alarms and event logs. Once implemented, a BAS system when effectively managed can automate a manual Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) program. The Ventilation QII program becomes a review of the BAS reports. It also may eliminate the need to measure ACH levels and develop a carbon footprint model because metered data becomes available that can be entered into Green House Gas reports. The challenge is that not all spaces may have BAS instrumentation.

See Building Automation Systems.

3. Measure ACH levels in all Rooms in all Buildings

Measure the ventilation levels in all rooms in all buildings to determine the ACH level in each room. The ACH data will be used to respond to the new CAP goal of reducing carbon footprint while also ensuring minimum ACH levels are maintained. In order to get a reasonable handle on the ventilation performance levels in the various buildings, a site survey needs to be performed to document the ventilation ACH levels in all buildings. There is design and then there is reality. The reality is what matters and is affected by real world operations, maintenance, and unintended consequences.

See Climate Action Plan Ventilation Requirements . Building Ventilation and Carbon Footprint . Buildings and Energy Site Surveys

4. Develop Carbon footprint and Ventilation Model

Develop a model that shows the relationship between carbon footprint and ventilation levels. Typically there is significant building carbon footprint data but there is no related ventilation performance levels data. The ventilation performance level data in terms of ACH is needed to ensure that the 5 ACH level is achieved. There should be a Course Grain Model at the building level and a Fine Grain Model at the Room level. The model should feed directly into a Green House Report that clearly shows the carbon footprint attributed to ventilation. The model is needed because it is difficult to measure the ventilation carbon footprint in large buildings with hundreds of fans and dampers.

See Ventilation Carbon Footprint Measurement and Modeling

5. Establish a Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) Program

An independent Ventilation QII Program is needed to surface operations and maintenance issues. These issues exist and fall into 2 categories: (1) wasted energy or (2) poor ventilation causing respiratory infections. Without an independent Ventilation QII Program, empirical data suggests there will be rooms with ventilation levels below 5 ACH and there will be rooms above 6+ ACH that are using excessive carbon.

See Mechanical Ventilation for a Large University . Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators

6. Continuous Building Commissioning

Continuous Building Commissioning is needed to ensure that there are no unnecessary energy inefficiencies and that the building is a safe and healthy environment. This includes monitoring energy use that translates to carbon load and ventilation levels that translates to occupant health and safety. The difference between Continuous Building Commissioning and the Ventilation QII program is that Continuous Building Commissioning is more inclusive and will be performed less frequently while the Ventilation QII checks can be quickly performed thus allowing for more frequent checks and detection of poor ventilation events.

See Systems and Building Commissioning

7. Purchase or Lease or Build Ceiling Level UV Systems

UV ventilation uses significantly less power than mechanical ventilation. The suggested approach is to start a demo project and followup with a pilot program before full rollout. The recommendations are based on getting the greatest airborne contagion mitigation benefit. For example, placing systems in personal offices will have minimal benefit because a personal office rarely will have multiple occupants while a public space will have many occupants and this will have massive benefit.

To reduce purchase costs consider buying the parts and assembling the systems using existing facilities staff. This approach might be as low as 10% of the capital costs. The turnkey products have significant markups because of little competition in what is still a small specialty market (hospitals, meat packing, etc).

The systems meet safety and OSHA requirements.

See UV Ventilation for a Large University

8. Purchase or Lease FAR UV Systems

UV ventilation uses significantly less power than mechanical ventilation. The suggested approach is to start a demo project and followup with a pilot program before full rollout. The recommendations are based on getting the greatest airborne contagion mitigation benefit. For example, placing systems in personal offices will have minimal benefit because a personal office rarely will have multiple occupants while a public space will have many occupants and this will have massive benefit.

The systems meet safety and OSHA requirements.

See UV Ventilation for a Large University

University Academics

1. Proposed new course: Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint

Because of the COVID-19 disaster, we re-learned the importance of facility ventilation. Suddenly when dealing with climate change ventilation enters the systems solution space. From a systems perspective the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters. There are no courses addressing the design of facility ventilation to address this important new challenge. There is a significant body of knowledge but it is not being taught at the university level.

2. Proposed new course: Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

Climate change and facility ventilation share the same characteristics of being distant, invisible, and seeming to not directly affect the individual. Climate change has massive evidence presented in the public media that something is happening. It is easy for people to see and process the images of the negative effects of climate change. Facility ventilation has massive scientific and empirical evidence but it is not in the public media. The only aspect that is in the public media is the COVID-19 disaster. Ventilation to minimize the risk of airborne contagions is not in the mass mind or in the people charged with designing, operating, and maintaining facilities. Ventilation is viewed only from the comfort level perspective of temperature and humidity.

See Course RecommendationsUniversity Level Courses 

University Applied Research

1. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

There is a direct relationship between facility ventilation levels, risk of infection, and ventilation carbon footprint. With this intersection the following research project is proposed. The Ventilation and Carbon Footprint QII applied research project uses focus groups to develop effective QIIs that can be used in various facilities across the infrastructure to assess both ventilation and carbon footprints. This includes the development of an effective software platform to implement the QIIs. The software is a key element in implementing effective QIIs because of the amount of data that is collected in large facilities like a University.

2. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Alarms System Applied Research Project

This applied research project will develop a system that allows users to understand their buildings ventilation and alert occupants to possible ventilation issues in the same way that carbon monoxide and smoke detectors alert occupants to carbon monoxide and fire hazards. There is a direct link between ventilation levels and carbon footprint. This system will report the carbon footprint associated with the realtime measurements of the ventilation levels. All status, control, and data is accessible via the Internet as part of the Internet of Things (IoT).

3. Realtime Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

This project will build on top of two other research projects: (1) Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator and (2) Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Alarms System. With the realtime sensors available realtime data will be collected and compared with the manual data collected with the Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator project. The project will instrument 30+ rooms. Based on the findings a mass production design of the External Ventilation Vents and Grills Measurement with Alarms device will be finalized.

4. Ventilation Test and Evaluation Applied Research Project

The purpose of the testing is to examine various virus mitigation approaches (mechanical, UV, ION, Natural, etc.) using operational room settings that physically represent the real world as closely as possible and quantify the results including the carbon footprint impacts.

See Potential Research Projects

K-12 Lesson Plans

This begs the question: should there be K-12 course content associated with Healthy Ventilation to teach this new generation what their grandparents knew after the flu epidemic at the start of the 20th century and should it be linked with existing climate change content? The suggestion is yes because healthy ventilation and climate change tools like reduced CO2 levels and technologies are linked. The following is a list of potential K-12 Ventilation Lesson Plans that can be applied in classroom settings and as part of STEM activities associated with ventilation.

1. SYSVE-101 Fresh Air. This lesson will introduce the students to air.

2. SYSVE-102 Anemometers. This lesson will introduce the students to anemometers.

3. SYSVE-103 Fresh Air Schools. This lesson will introduce the students to fresh air schools from the 1900s.

4. SYSVE-104 Natural Ventilation. This lesson will introduce the students to natural ventilation.

5. SYSVE-105 Measuring Mechanical Ventilation Rates. This lesson will introduce the students to mechanical ventilation and how mechanical ventilation works.

6. SYSVE-106 Capturing School Classroom ventilation data. The students will learn what to expect in terms of Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) from mechanical ventilation and how it can be measured.

7. SYSVE-107 Ventilation Approaches and Sustainability. This lesson will introduce the students to ventilation approaches and their impacts on carbon footprint.

See Course Recommendations

Employee Training

1. Climate Action Plan (CAP) Facility Ventilation Carbon Footprint. Presentation

2. Building Ventilation What Everyone Should Know. Video

Recommendations Decision Making

Many of the recommendations will translate to additional costs and decision making approaches based on financial metrics will not allow for these recommendations to go forward. However, there are formal decision making practices that have been used in the past that can be used going forward [1] [2]. Many of these approaches have been forgotten with the massive shift that started in the 1980's where every organization was converted to a standalone profit center and value and effectiveness was measured in terms of profit, even in non-profit settings. The thoughts were that maximizing profits would always translate to the best solutions. However, there is no connection to profits and actual system performance and in most cases there is an inverse relationship between profits and system performance including system compromise and collapse.

The following is a list of potential suggestions for determining which suggestions to eventually include in a Climate Action Plan (CAP):

Autocratic Decision Approaches

Systems based decision approaches

If a financial approach is used, then these are some of the decision approaches

If carbon is the consideration

If STARS (Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System) rating is the consideration

Generational Carbon and Health Considerations

For course development these are some other considerations

  1. Is there a unique body of knowledge here? Yes.
  2. Is this currently being offered at the institution? No.
  3. Does the next generation need this? Yes.
  4. Why should we provide this? Because of our background.
  5. How many students can be expected and do we care? Perhaps 1 student, we do not care about enrollment because this is critical for the next generation.

Recommendations Justification

Typically there is a systems engineering tradeoff that is performed using multiple decision making approaches where the best approach is selected. In this case the approaches are not being compared with eachother, instead some form of justification is offered for going forward with each suggestion. The tradeoff is really against (1) Do Nothing or (2) Adopt The Suggestion. The Advantages Disadvantages list is typically the first systems engineering decision making analysis performed because it is the easiest and quickest analysis. It actually surfaces data for most of the other analysis that may be performed.

Advantages and Disadvantages
Recommendation

Funding
Source

Do Nothing

Adopt The Suggestion

Buildings and Energy

1. Climate Action Plans (CAP) should provide standalone ACH Level Requirements

Existing Internal

Grave Public Health Damages

GCH1. Current generation benefit, GCH2. Future generation benefit
2. Install a Building Automation System in Each Building (BAS)

New Internal

large costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
3. Measure ACH levels in all Rooms in all Buildings

New Internal

small costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
4. Develop Carbon footprint and Ventilation Model

New Internal

tiny costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
5. Establish a Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) Program

New Internal

tiny costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
6. Continuous Building Commissioning

New Internal

tiny costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
7. Purchase or Lease or Build Ceiling Level UV Systems

New Internal

large costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment
8. Purchase or Lease FAR UV Systems

New Internal

large costs saved

C1. carbon reduction, S1. STARS increment

University Academics

1. Proposed new course: Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint

Existing Internal

trivial costs saved

GCH1. Current generation benefit, S1. STARS increment
2. Proposed new course: Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

Existing Internal

trivial costs saved

GCH1. Current generation benefit, S1. STARS increment

University Applied Research

1. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

External

none

GCH2. Future generation benefit, S1. STARS increment
2. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Alarms System Applied Research Project

External

none

GCH2. Future generation benefit, S1. STARS increment
3. Realtime Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

External

none

GCH2. Future generation benefit, S1. STARS increment
4. Ventilation Test and Evaluation Applied Research Project

External

none

GCH2. Future generation benefit, S1. STARS increment

Education

K-12 Lesson Plans

Existing Internal

trivial costs saved

GCH1. Current generation benefit

Employee Training

1. Climate Action Plan (CAP) Facility Ventilation Carbon Footprint

Existing Internal

trivial costs saved

GCH1. Current generation benefit
2. Building Ventilation What Everyone Should Know

Existing Internal

trivial costs saved

GCH1. Current generation benefit

Typically plans have budgets and schedules associated with the projects and programs that are being considered. Developing budget and schedule estimates for infrastructure / organization plans is a large complex activity. A key question is - should a Climate Action Plan (CAP) include the budget estimates to implement the suggestions, which in some cases may translate into projects or even whole programs with multiple projects. The answer in NO. Instead, the CAP should be policy oriented with the expectation that future plans will include the details to establish successful projects and even programs. However, the CAP should not be at such a high level that no one knows what to do as part of the detailed planning activities. The CAP should be a preliminary plan with some details known at the time of the CAP release including, if known, the names of the future plans that will follow for CAP implementation. These plans may already exist and may just need to be updated. For example, the Facilities Organization will have one or more existing plans that will be updated based on the CAP.

Another key question for the CAP is should the suggestions be oriented to investigate the suggestions or should there be a commitment to move forward with the suggestion. For example, should the Install a Building Automation System in Each Building (BAS) be offered as a suggestion to study this further or should the organization move out and commit to do this suggestion. That fine distinction should be identified in the plan and all the suggestions should be to just move forward. If there are showstoppers the follow-on teams will find them and the projects and or programs will either be modified or abandoned. The CAP must commit.

References

[1] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020. (bibliography with 142 references)

[2] Systems Engineering Design Renaissance, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253075, 2014. (bibliography with 102 references)

[3] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

back to TOC


Introduction

The following are key early organizations and documents:

The retreat of glaciers has been documented since 1850. Global warming appeared in a 1950 documentary film on Glacier Melting. It was observed using photographic history showing the same regions changing over time. The full breadth of the U.S. Climate Change Technology Program (CCTP) Strategic Plan in 2006 is demonstrated by the number of U.S. Government organizations that are listed as participants:

  1. U.S. Department of Agriculture
  2. U.S. Department of Commerce, including
  3. National Institute of Standards and Technology
  4. U.S. Department of Defense
  5. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
  6. National Institutes of Health
  7. U.S. Department of Interior
  8. U.S. Department of State
  9. U.S. Agency for International Development
  10. U.S. Department of Transportation
  11. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
  12. National Aeronautics and Space Administration
  13. National Science Foundation
  14. Executive Office of the President, including
  15. Council on Environmental Quality
  16. Office of Science and Technology Policy
  17. Office of Management and Budget

The above observation is important because the U.S. politics in 2006 was to subvert and negatively criticize the science. The documentary film, An Inconvenient Truth was released in 2006 where former Vice President Al Gore presented global warming findings and his personal experience of the family farm and how the farm needed to change, just like the world would need to change now that we have some insight into global warming.

The politics on global warming in the United States from the conservative right of the Republican party turned very ugly in 2006. This manifested itself in using very old and destructive techniques where basically in order to push an agenda all facts are discarded, obfuscated, or changed. This is described in Philosophy Professor Frankfurts' small book: On Bullshit [6]. Those that only push an agenda regardless of the consequences lie or bullshit. The other terms are propaganda and disinformation. They are all used to affect the mass mind and breakdown intelligent rational decision making. This behavior is the result of status quo self-interests that do not want to change because the change translates into massive shifts in capital.

As far as Global Warming and Climate Change, the shift has happened. There are new systems that have rolled out into the infrastructure to help reduce the overall carbon footprint of the planet. It happened regardless of the destructive rhetoric to stop it because we live in a natural system, the world. Like all systems it seeks stability. The issue is how long will it take for the system to become stable  after a destabilizing event - a year, a decade, a life time, or multiple life times. The argument in 2023 from climatologists is that it may be too little and too late. Change is coming and we will have to deal with it.

This research will follow the approach established by the COVID-19 Research From A Systems Perspective. This was a huge effort with the research captured in the Project - Return to Life sections Part 1, Part 2, Part 3 and a book that is mostly Part 1 [7]. This research led to various Cassbeth products to address the ventilation issues surfaced by the research. This research on climate change will be informed by the ventilation research. From a systems perspective, the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious connection and the current generation cannot ignore this connection.

All the Cassbeth ventilation products that surfaced from the COVID-19 research fall into the category of measuring and disclosing ventilation rates. They exist, but they are a market failure. Fixing ventilation like global warming and climate change, although a simple problem unlike climate change, is being rejected by the status quo [8]. It is horrifying to see this rejection but this is where we are as a people and this is a key research finding from the COVID-19 Research From a Aystems Perspective. As far as the Cassbeth ventilation measurement and disclosure products, the goal is to eventually have them not only report Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) but now also report Carbon Footprint levels.

Use the table of contents to navigate. This analysis is constantly being updated and follows the natural flow of all systems engineering efforts; some analysis is a dead end and is abandoned, some analysis converges, some analysis diverges, and some analysis stays at a steady state level until new information surfaces, typically from a specialist on the team.

References

[1] Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), 2006. https://models.pbl.nl/image/index.php/IPCC,_2006

[2] GREEN PAPER A European Strategy for Sustainable, Competitive and Secure Energy, COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, Brussels, 8.3.2006. https://europa.eu/documents/comm/green_papers/pdf/com2006_105_en.pdf

[3] Stern Review: The Economics of Climate Change, 30 October 2006, release by Her Majesty’s Treasury of the UK Government. Published in January 2007 by Cambridge University Press. https://biotech.law.lsu.edu/blog/sternreview_report_complete.pdf

[4] U.S. Climate Change Technology Program STRATEGIC PLAN, U.S. Department of Energy (Lead-Agency), September 2006. https://downloads.globalchange.gov/cctp/CCTP-StratPlan-Sep-2006.pdf

[5] Quadrennial Defense Review Report, U.S. DOD, February 2010. https://dod.defense.gov/Portals/1/features/defenseReviews/QDR/QDR_as_of_29JAN10_1600.pdf

[6] On Bullshit Hardcover, Harry G. Frankfurt, Princeton University Press, ISBN: 978-0691122946, January 30, 2005.

[7] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

[8] VENTILATION: WHY does no one take it seriously? Jan Sundell, Former Editor-in-Chief of Indoor Air. February 17, 2019, Published online 2021 Apr 20. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8251269

back to TOC


The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

Why the IPCC was created

Human activities now occur on a scale that is starting to interfere with natural systems such as the global climate. Because climate change is such a complex and challenging issue, policy makers need an objective source of information about the causes of climate change, its potential environmental and socio-economic impacts, and possible response options.

Recognizing this, the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) established the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in 1988. The Panels' role is to assess on a comprehensive, objective, open and transparent basis the best available scientific, technical and socio-economic information on climate change from around the world. The assessments are based on information contained in peer reviewed literature and, where appropriately documented, in industry literature and traditional practices. They draw on the work of hundreds of experts from all regions of the world. IPCC reports seek to ensure a balanced reporting of existing viewpoints and to be policy relevant but not policy prescriptive. Since its establishment the IPCC has produced a series of publications, which have become standard works of reference, widely used by policy makers, scientists, other experts and students. [1].

[1] The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), Why the IPCC was created, December 2004. http://energyeficiency.clima.md/files/1_Cadrul_International/2_Documente/8_IPCC/Eng/IPCC_Introduction.pdf, 2023.

back to TOC


Climate Action Plans

In 2021, the U.S Federal Government released the details of climate adaptation plans developed by 23 federal agencies. The plans were released as a part of President Biden’s effort to make the federal government more adaptive to the accelerating impacts of climate change. The agencies releasing Climate Adaptation and Resilience Plans are:

  1. Department of Agriculture
  2. Department of Commerce
  3. Department of Defense
  4. Department of Education
  5. Department of Energy
  6. Department of Health and Human Services
  7. Department of Homeland Security
  8. Department of Housing and Urban Development
  9. Department of the Interior
  10. Department of Justice
  11. Department of Labor
  12. Department of State
  13. Department of the Treasury
  14. Department of Transportation
  15. Department of Veterans Affairs
  16. U.S. International Development Finance Corporation
  17. Environmental Protection Agency
  18. General Services Administration
  19. National Aeronautics and Space Administration
  20. Office of Personnel Management
  21. Smithsonian Institution
  22. U.S. Agency for International Development
  23. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

All plans are available at www.sustainability.gov/adaptation. [1]

A climate action plan is a document for measuring, tracking, and reducing greenhouse gas emissions and adopting climate adaptation measures. The documents are used to guide policy makers in addressing the impact of climate change in their communities. Climate action plans include targets for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and detailed steps for meeting and tracking those targets. Plans also may include elements like resilience strategies and clean energy targets. The plans generally focus on implementing actions that will achieve emissions reductions in the most cost effective way possible. [2]

References

[1] Press Release. FACT SHEET: Biden Administration Releases Agency Climate Adaptation and Resilience Plans from Across Federal Government, October 07, 2021.

[2] What is a Climate Action Plan? https://climatecheck.com/risks/mitigation/what-is-a-climate-action-plan, 2023.

back to TOC


Climate Action Plans Review

Example Plans

As of 2023 there are a large number of Climate Action Plans that are available for review. The following is a small sampling of the plans:

  1. Department of the Interior Climate Action Plan 2021
  2. Boston Climate Action Plan 2019
  3. Chicago Climate Action Plan 2022 . PDF
  4. U.S.Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Climate Action Plan 2021
  5. Pennsylvania Climate Action Plan 2021
  6. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Climate Action Plan 2021
  7. Municipal Research and Services Center (MRSC) Multiple Climate Action Plans
  8. California Institute for Local Government Climate Action Plans
  9. Cornell University Climate Action Plan . PDF
  10. Indiana University Climate Action Plan  2023 . PDF
  11. Drexel University Climate Action Plan
  12. University of Pennsylvania Climate Action Plan

The Climate Action Plans were reviewed from the facility ventilation perspective. Before the review is offered, the following is a quick summary of facility ventilation.

Ventilation Background

[Presentation . Building Ventilation Video]

Ventilation what is it?

It is about Ventilation performance levels. Ventilation performance is measured as: Air Changes Per Hour (ACH). ACH is a measure of how often air changes in a room. For example 1 ACH changes the room air 1 time per hour, 20 ACH changes the room air 20 times per hour, or every 3 minutes (60 min / 3 min = 20 ACH). Disease specialists address ventilation only in ACH. ACH = Fan Cubic-feet per Hour / Room Cubic-feet.

It is not about measuring and maintaining CO2 levels. Maintaining CO2 levels leads to a system with ACH levels that are too low such as 1 ACH or less. It is not about liters/min or cubic-feet/min per person, this will never provide visibility into the actual ACH level in a room and when scenarios are run the ACH levels are too low such as 1 ACH or less. Ventilation performance when dealing with airborne contagions is always in terms of ACH in a real room setting, not a lab or test fixture. Example: 60 min / air changed every 3 min = 20 ACH.

What should be the ACH Level?

An ACH level of 0 leads to infection. An ACH level of 1 leads to infection we know from data. The CDC recommends 12 ACH for a hospital room with airborne contagion. The number must be greater than 1. As ACH increases the risk of infection drops.

Many address ACH levels as a percent of remaining contagions after 1 ACH. One air change removes approximately 63% of room air contaminants, and a second air change removes about 63% of what remains, and so on. Systems engineering safety and reliability analysis is about probabilities, relative probabilities and time before failure. Applying systems engineering safety and reliability concepts to ACH provides a quick view on the effectiveness of ACH levels and how one can behave.

Jump to research area: What Should Be The ACH Levels

Where do ACH standards and guidelines come from?

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, CDC Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, DOD Department of Defense Standards, ISO International Organization for Standardization, and Others. Most of the ACH levels are based on comfort levels except for when airborne contagion mitigation is required in hospitals.

What have facility managers done?

The Hawaiian airlines ventilation performance level is 20 ACH and they posted it for all passengers to see on their entertainment screens. The Philadelphia restaurant program is 15 ACH and 106 restaurants participated. The Philadelphia school district determined the ventilation rate in each room in all their schools and posted the data online, 234 schools 12,000+ rooms. New York and Boston school districts did spot checks and posted their data online.

Climate Action Plans - Ventilation

The existing plans reference the LEED standard for compliance and are silent on ventilation. The LEED ventilation requirements reference ASHRAE Standard 62.1 [1].

ASHRAE Standard 62.1 is based on comfort levels using CFM per person rates and when the calculations are performed the ACH levels can be 1 ACH or less. They are also inconsistent because the numbers vary between different room types and occupancy levels. As a result the Climate Action Plans cannot reference the LEED standard for ventilation requirements after the COVID-19 disaster. The Climate Action Plans need a separate ventilation reference.

ASHRAE Standard 170-2017 for Health Care Facilities has ACH levels but it is for healthcare facilities. In 2023 ASHRAE released Standard 241P, Control of Infectious Aerosols but it uses ASHRAE Standard 62.1 as the model (CFM per person / occupancy) and it does not provide ACH levels. Once the numbers are calculated the ACH levels in ASHRAE Standard 241P can be less than 1 ACH. Also the numbers vary between room types.

It is clear that future Climate Action Plans cannot reference ASHRAE or LEED standards going forward for ventilation performance levels. The numbers do not reflect what is needed for healthy infrastructure. The only reasonable alternatives are to use CDC guidelines and sources that have specifically made a study of airborne infection risk as a function of ventilation levels. Future Climate Action plans should reference the CDC guidelines and provide the following ventilation requirements:

  1. 5 ACH in all buildings. This is only a guideline not a requirement from the CDC. The plans must make this a requirement. [2]
  2. 6 ACH in all buildings. This is only a guideline not a requirement. The plans must make this a requirement by some selected year. [3]
  3. 12+ ACH in all buildings. The plans must make this a requirement by some selected year. [4]

A key element of systems practices is ensuring that requirements are:

  1. Consistent
  2. Clear
  3. Standalone
  4. Testable

The reality is that the ventilation requirements coming from ASHRAE and LEED are inconsistent, not clear, not standalone, and thus not testable. Basically engineers are left to their own interpretations as driven by external forces. That is why when ACH levels are researched the numbers vary wildly between various sources.

The CDC guideline of 5 ACH for all rooms, is consistent, clear, standalone, and testable. Engineers can design to this requirement and not be compromised by external forces that seek to just reduce costs.

The reality is that there will be elite facilities that will exceed any ventilation requirements to ensure the highest level of performance. The challenge is for the non elite facilities. They must not be allowed to drop their ventilation performance levels to such a low level that health is compromised and they become sources of massive airborne infections. [Presentation . Building Ventilation Video]

For more information about ACH levels and risk of infections from the COVID-19 Research From A Systems Perspective see: What Should Be The ACH Levels. A deep dive can be done at this link to see the full COVID-19 Research From A Systems Perspective.

References

[1] ANSI/ASHRAE Addendum p to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. https://www.ashrae.org/file%20library/technical%20resources/standards%20and%20guidelines/standards%20addenda/62_1_2013_p_20150707.pdf, (only old versions are available online), 2023.

[2] Improving Ventilation In Buildings, Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC, Updated May 11, 2023, Updated May 12, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/improving-ventilation-in-buildings.html, https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/ventilation.html, 2023.

[3] 5-step guide to checking ventilation rates in classrooms, T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Schools for Health, Harvard Healthy Buildings program. 2020.  https://schools.forhealth.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/19/2020/08/Harvard-Healthy-Buildings-program-How-to-assess-classroom-ventilation-08-28-2020.pdf, 2023.

[4] Guidelines for Environmental Infection Control in Health-Care Facilities (2003), Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC. https://www.cdc.gov/infectioncontrol/guidelines/environmental/appendix/air.html, https://www.cdc.gov/infection-control/hcp/environmental-control/appendix-b-air.html,  https://www.cdc.gov/infection-control/hcp/environmental-control/appendix-b-air.html?CDC_AAref_Val=https://www.cdc.gov/infectioncontrol/guidelines/environmental/appendix/air.html, 2023.

back to TOC


World Health Organization

At the height of the COVID-19 disaster a key document from the World Health Organization (WHO) was on natural ventilation [1]. The document addressed Airborne Transmission and Air Changes per Hour (ACH) or what is now called colloquially Ventilation. The term Ventilation was used by this systems research: COVID-19 A Systems Perspective [2] and it was meant to convey the importance in non-technical terms ventilation levels within buildings.

In November 2021 the WHO assembled a group of experts to update its formal guidelines for classifying the different routes that pathogens take from one person to another. In 2024 the group published a report outlining a new set of definitions that more accurately reflect the state of the science of disease transmission. The transmission routes are divided into:

(1) Direct contact through touching infected surfaces or other people and
(2) Involve the air.

The through the air transmission route is further subdivided into:

(1) Direct deposition, which refers to larger particles that strike the mucus membranes of the eyes, nose, or mouth and
(2) Airborne transmission / inhalation, in which smaller particles are inhaled into the lungs.

The guidelines don’t rely on droplet size or distance spread. The changes will have consequences for how countries set infection control standards and prevention measures going forward. [2]

The following are some extracts from an article in STAT that covered the new WHO report [3]:

For communication with the public, the biggest thing that comes out of this is now we can say the word airborne. Before, public health officials were tiptoeing around that word and people didn’t understand why.

Notably, the group was made up of not just public health and medical professionals but engineers and aerosol scientists who study how viruses move in and out of bodies and through the environment at a fundamental, physical level. That is a perspective that the WHO lacked in the past

Infectious particles exist on a spectrum of size, and dense clouds of tiny particles can infect people. The new guidelines reflect that reality.

Distance does not tell you much about the mode of transmission.

While the group reached consensus, it did not come to agreement about the implications of these definitions for informing infection prevention and control policy.

The report noted that effectively counteracting the risk of disease spread from smaller infectious respiratory particles at both short and long range would involve masks, isolation rooms, and other substantive measures, currently referred to as airborne precautions. But it did not recommend that such measures be used in all situations involving pathogens that can spread through the air.

Response is a much more nuanced risk assessment that takes into account the three modes of transmission and levels of morbidity and mortality that result from infection and the risk profile of the population that you’re trying to protect, that makes it really complicated. The problem is that practitioners tend to want something black and white.

The bigger battle is when do you need to protect against inhalation? That’s what they basically have punted here.

Economic and political forces will swamp the science and that people will continue to get sick and suffer so that hospitals and other businesses don’t have to invest in cleaner indoor air.

The global health establishment has at long last embraced disease transmission as a multidisciplinary problem.

It feels like finally the end of the most stubborn and senseless resistance to accepting this science

The WHO report: Global technical consultation report on proposed terminology for pathogens that transmit through the air, has now defined airborne transmission / inhalation, in which smaller particles are inhaled into the lungs. [2]  The WHO report: Natural Ventilation for Infection Control in Health-Care Settings, has stated an airborne precaution room is a room with >12 air changes per hour (ACH). [1] The WHO guideline of 12+ ACH is greater than the CDC 2024 guideline to aim for 5+ ACH in all rooms.

The climate change take away:

  1. All Climate Action Plans must acknowledged this WHO report
    1. People get sick from airborne contagions
    2. Ventilation is needed to lower the risk of infection
  2. Ventilation increases carbon footprint
  3. At what point should ventilation stop being reduced to minimize carbon footprint
  4. The current CDC guidance is to aim for 5+ ACH
  5. The WHO future work may suggest a minimum ACH level similar to the CDC

References

[1] WHO Publication/Guidelines Natural Ventilation for Infection Control in Health-Care Settings, World Health Organization (WHO), 2009. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK143284/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK143284.pdf, 2024.

[2] Global technical consultation report on proposed terminology for pathogens that transmit through the air, World Health Organization (WHO), 2024. https://iris.who.int/bitstream/handle/10665/376496/9789240089181-eng.pdf, 2024.

[3] Covid ignited a global controversy over what is an airborne disease. The WHO just expanded its definition, STAT, April 18, 2024. https://www.statnews.com/2024/04/18/covid-airborne-transmission-disease-who-expanded-definition.

[4] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

back to TOC


Climate Action Plan Ventilation Requirements

Until now the Climate Action Plans have not made the connection between facility ventilation and reduced carbon footprints associated with facility ventilation. The COVID-19 disaster showed the importance of facility ventilation and that it cannot be removed from the planning efforts. Just like there are targets for energy use and carbon footprints there needs to be targets for ventilation levels. [Presentation]

The proposed targets for ventilation levels are in terms of Air Changes Per Hour (ACH). The ACH levels are a result if the COVID-19 Research from a Systems Perspective and they are:

Year 1: 5 ACH (CDC Guideline for all facilities)

Year 2: 6 ACH (Harvard T.H. Chan 5-step guide to checking school ventilation)

Year 5: 12+ ACH (CDC Guideline for room airborne infections)

ACH = Mechanical ACH + UV eACH + Other oACH

The goal is to establish an ACH quality improvement program so that there is always movement towards more healthy facilities.

The COVID-19 and seasonal flu research suggests that current facilities make people sick and some die, even with the availability of vaccines. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters. This like the COVID-19 disaster is big science and big engineering. Fortunately it is relatively easy to determine the carbon footprint from facility ventilation and this can be compared with the overall carbon footprint generated from all other human activities in settings like: Schools, Universities, Towns, Countries, etc.

Any Climate Action Plan (CAP) should include carbon footprint impacts on ventilation performance levels and help establish a sustainable and healthy ventilation future everywhere. The suggested approach is to gather data and develop a model as follows:

Determine existing ventilation performance levels

Prepare a Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) to independently gather data

Have room attendants independently gather data per the QII to validate any existing data

Feed data into spreadsheets / database / online portal (software exists for online entries)

Develop a model to perform what-if analysis (prototype exists)

There is an example site survey of all classrooms in all schools in Philadelphia :234 schools, 12,000+ rooms [1]. New York and Boston performed spot checks of their schools.

Systems Assessment: A CAP needs to include carbon footprint impacts on ventilation performance levels to establish not only a low carbon footprint but also a healthy ventilation future everywhere. A CAP can no longer reference LEED for ventilation because the CDC guidance is now a minimum of 5 ACH in all rooms. LEED does not provide the correct requirements so that designers, operators, and maintainers can ensure 5 ACH. Add the following text to the CAP in the same place where LEED is referenced: From a systems perspective, the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. Based on this critical need all rooms in all buildings shall have a minimum of 5 Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) per the latest CDC guidelines in 2024. [2]

References

[1] Philadelphia School District Ventilation Site Survey, https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/18Kn2h5zS6ivX27-msM2Pdy10HUUWaUAomAaXJJ2FK7w/edit.

[2] Improving Ventilation In Buildings, Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC, Updated May 11, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/improving-ventilation-in-buildings.html, 2023.

back to TOC


Buildings and Energy Site Surveys

When dealing with Buildings and Energy to minimize carbon footprints, there are challenges because of limited budgets, insufficient staff, and a culture that is frozen in a status quo. They are responding to complaints that are translated to open tickets that must be closed and system failures that must be repaired leaving little resources to investigate and move out on - a program of Ventilation to Minimize Carbon Footprint and Airborne Infection Risk.

The current approach to reporting Building Energy carbon footprints is to examine metered data. However, the metered data does not provide the needed visibility into the system so that future changes can be fully understood and implemented. Gathering the data to provide full system visibility for large facilities and campuses is typically not performed because it is not a priority and there are no budgets to allow for these types of site surveys. Once a decision is made to perform a full Building(s) and Energy site survey the following data should be collected:

General Data [1] [2]

  1. Building name
  2. Every room / space name
  3. Date
  4. Site survey signoff authority

Lighting in each room / space

  1. Number of lights
  2. Light Fixture ID
  3. Design watts of each light fixture
  4. Technology of each light fixture
  5. Lighting control via occupant switches
  6. Lighting control via automation system and its name
  7. Lighting control via automation system on / off set points

Ventilation in each room / space [1] [2]

  1. Identification of room / space thermostats
  2. Ventilation control via automation system and its name
  3. Ventilation control via system on / off set points
  4. Identification of any room sanitizers
  5. Design watts of any room sanitizers
  6. Room sanitizers on / off set points even if manually controlled via a sign
  7. Number of room vents
  8. CFM per vent
  9. Square feet and height
  10. Cubic feet
  11. ACH Level when all ventilation systems are On

Building Automation Systems (BAS)

  1. Name of building automation system
  2. Buildings managed by automation system
  3. Rooms / space managed by automation system (building may not have full coverage)
  4. If a building or room / space has no automation, site survey is marked with NONE
  5. All room / space automation set points
  6. Indication if automation system can report kWh for each room / space and building [1] [2]
  7. Indication if automation system can report CFM for each room / space and building [1] [2]
  8. Indication if automation system can report ACH for each room / space and building [1] [2]

Fixed Equipment (e.g. test, diagnostic, manufacturing, scientific equipment, like computers, drill presses, etc.)

  1. Name
  2. Model Number
  3. Function
  4. Equipment Power Level
  5. Hours of Operation

The site survey is not complete until every single room and space is accounted for and all the above data is entered into a database and or spreadsheet. This is a huge effort for large facilities and campuses. It cannot be taken lightly and it cannot be treated as an unimportant activity because bad data is worse than no data.

Understanding all systems starts with a site survey to identify what exists. With this data effective planning can be performed. For example, if only 10% of rooms / spaces are controlled by an automation system while 50% have been upgraded with low power LED lights, it may be more effective to move out with more room / space automation coverage even though the costs might be higher than moving out with more LED lighting coverage. This decision can be determined by using a systems engineering tradeoff based on the Measure of Effectiveness (MOE) [3]. The following is a notional example:

LED versus Automation System Tradeoff Analysis (various criteria considerantions)

Tradeoff Criteria  (higher is better)

LED
Upgrade

BAS
Upgrade

LED
Upgrade

BAS
Upgrade

LED
Upgrade

BAS
Upgrade

Carbon Footprint Reduction

2%

10%

2%

10%

-

-

Installation Simplicity

-

-

3

2

3

2

Maintenance

-

-

1

3

1

3

Public perception

-

-

2

1

2

1

Improved Ventilation

-

-

-

2

-

-

Improved Lighting

-

-

0

-

0

-

Total Tradeoff Rating

2

10

7

18

6

6

Total Cost (normalized)

1

2

1

2

1

2

MOE (higher is better)

2

5

7

9

6

3

Note: MOE = Total Tradeoff Rating / Total Cost, this is the benefit for each dollar spent. [3]

The tradeoff suggests that even though the BAS is more costly, the approach to move out with the BAS is more effective because there is more benefit for each dollar spent. If the Carbon Footprint Reduction and Improved Ventilation criteria are removed then the LED upgrade becomes more effective. Without this tradeoff the lowest cost approach will always be selected and the least effective carbon footprint system will be installed.

As part of any sustainability activity a full Building(s) and Energy site survey should be performed and once a baseline is established it needs to be maintained. Otherwise the system will not be optimized and suggestions and upgrades will have little basis in actual data and will be driven just by strong personalities that may make the wrong decisions. Gathering all the data is the systems approach used in systems engineering to ensure that there is a systems perspective of the challenges and the potential solutions. Effective site surveys are always step A when dealing with any system.

References

[1] See BCMC, QIDC, FVSE

[2] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

[3] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020.

back to TOC


CAP Guidance and Rating Systems

There are many domestic and international building rating systems associated with green practices and air quality. The following is a brief list:

Green [1] [2] [3]

Green building certifications and standards assess buildings for their design, construction, operation, and maintenance practices. Buildings are assessed across several sustainability categories like material selection, water conservation, energy efficiency, indoor environmental quality, and site development. Some certification programs use a points based a rating system and recognize buildings for reaching different levels of sustainability. Other programs offer a single certification if a building earns a certain number of points.

Air Quality [1] [2] [3] [4]

There are no rating systems associated with healthy ventilation other than the system offered by this research. There are guidelines from the CDC [5] and the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health: Schools for Health: 5-step guide to checking ventilation rates in classrooms [6]. There is also the Philadelphia Restaurant program that was developed during the COVID-19 disaster.

Healthy Ventilation

Companies

CAP Guidance

The following guidance and rating systems can be used in Climate Action Plans (CAP) to provide reasonable goals and measurements of progress towards reducing facility carbon footprints. One system also includes the importance of facility ventilation and that there must be healthy ventilation while also minimizing the ventilation carbon footprint. They are:

  1. National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building
  2. STARS - The Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System
  3. SVARS - Sustainable Ventilation Assessment & Rating System

According to the CDC there were 75,466 COVID-19 U.S. deaths in 2023. [8]

The CDC states - COVID-19 spreads when an infected person breathes out droplets and very small particles that contain the virus. These droplets and particles can be breathed in by other people or land on their eyes, noses, or mouth. In some circumstances, they may contaminate surfaces they touch. [9]

Effective May 1, 2024, hospitals are no longer required to report COVID-19 hospital admissions, hospital capacity, or hospital occupancy data to HHS through CDC’s National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). CDC encourages ongoing, voluntary reporting of hospitalization data. Data voluntarily reported to NHSN after May 1, 2024, is available at Trends in Hospital Utilization, Capacity, and Reporting - NHSN. [10]

While some may view 75,466 COVID-19 deaths as good news once compared to prior years, this is still a terrible disaster because we know that many of these deaths are traceable to poor ventilation. We also know that there are other respiratory diseases that lead to hospitalizations and deaths. [11]

back to TOC

Green Certification Programs

  1. STARS: The Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System (STARS) is a transparent, self-reporting framework for colleges and universities to measure their sustainability performance. It is intended to engage and recognize the full spectrum of higher education institutions, from community colleges to research universities. It encompasses long-term sustainability goals for already high-achieving institutions, as well as entry points of recognition for institutions that are taking first steps toward sustainability.

  2. Energy Star Rating System: The Energy Star Rating System is a standardized rating system and label that helps developers and consumers identify energy efficient appliances, electronics, heating and cooling systems, lighting, and commercial equipment. The Energy Star program also assesses buildings for their energy performance, and certified buildings must earn an Energy Star score of 75 or higher on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 1 to 100 scale. In Canada, Energy Star Certification is overseen by Natural Resources Canada (NRCan). Certification is annual and must be verified by a third-party.

    Started in 1992, ENERGY STAR is a government-backed program providing tools and resources to promote energy efficiency. In addition to providing the ENERGY STAR Portfolio Manager®, they offer several opportunities to earn recognition for energy efficiency: certification for existing buildings or plants, "Designed to ENERGY STAR" for new commercial construction, portfolio-wide recognition, and organizational awards.

  3. LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design, also known as LEED, was created in 1998 by the U.S. Green Building Council in response to growing climate change concerns. Now, it’s the most widely used green building rating system in the world. It provides builders with a practical framework for creating healthy, highly efficient, and cost-saving green buildings. A building or project earns LEED credits by addressing areas like carbon, energy, water, waste, materials, and indoor environmental quality. There are currently nine LEED categories: Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy and Atmosphere, Materials and Resources, Indoor Environmental Quality, Innovation in Design, Regional Priority, Integrative Process, and Location and Transportation. Within each of these nine categories are specific credits that builders can earn to become LEED certified, and credits earn you points, which then determines the level of LEED certification your building achieves. There are currently four levels of LEED certification: Certified, Silver, Gold, and Platinum.

    LEED is a green building certification used in the United States. Managed by the U.S. Green Building Council, this building rating system is completed by on-site or third-party verification. Many building types can apply for this certification program, including new construction, existing buildings, homes, and communities. LEED has four certification levels including, certified, silver, gold, and platinum. LEED has nine areas of focus, including location and transportation, sustainable sites, water efficiency, energy and atmosphere, material and resources, indoor environmental quality, innovation, regional priority, and integrative processes. The LEED certification program aims to have buildings use their resources more efficiently and create a safe environment for all its occupants throughout the building’s life cycle. As of 2019, 80,000 projects were registered, with 32,500 projects having completed the certification process.

  4. BREEAM: Building Research Establishment's Environmental Assessment Method was developed in the United Kingdom by the Building Research Establishment in 1990 and is now recognized internationally. BREEAM evaluates the sustainability performance of buildings across several categories - including management, health and wellbeing, energy, transport, water, materials, waste, land use and ecology, and pollution - to help achieve Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG), health, and net zero goals. A building earns points across each category, and a building can achieve one of five certification levels depending on its overall score: Pass, Good, Very Good, Excellent, or Outstanding.

    Launched in the UK in 1990 and predominantly used across Europe, BREEAM is an environmental assessment method and rating system for buildings, which has become one of the most comprehensive and widely recognized measures of a building’s environmental performance. It encourages designers, clients and others to think about low carbon and low impact design, minimizing the energy demands created by a building before considering energy efficiency and low carbon technologies.

    BREEM is the oldest green building rating system. It has since certified projects in over 50 countries, has over 560,000 certified projects, and over 2 million registered. This green building rating system is measured across 9 categories: management, health and well-being, transport, water, materials, land use and ecology, and pollution. BREEAM is aimed at making buildings more sustainable, as well as improving building performance and efficiency. Many other green building certification programs, including Green Globes, were inspired by the ideas and innovations of BREEAM.

  5. Green Globes: Green Globes is an online assessment protocol and rating system that evaluates the environmental sustainability, health and wellness, and resilience of commercial real estate. Developed by the Green Building Initiative (GBI), Green Globes awards up to 1,000 points across seven categories, including indoor environment, resources, energy, project management, space and amenities, water, and emissions. Green Globes certification levels range from one to five globes, with five globes being the highest level.

    Green Globes is an online green building rating and certification tool that is used primarily in Canada and the USA. Green Globes was developed by ECD Energy and Environment Canada, an arms-length division of JLL. Green Globes is licensed for use by BOMA Canada (Existing Buildings) and the Green Building Initiative in the USA (New and Existing Buildings). Examples of our Green Globes projects include: ASU Walter Cronkite School of Journalism, Phoenix, AZ, USA, and Advanced Technology Research Facility, Federick, MD, USA.

    Green Globes is used in the US and Canada. Green Globes is structured so that it can be done as a self-assessment in-house with the project manager and design team. It uses a questionnaire that is aimed at helping the user make changes to complete the certification. Like FitWel, there are no prerequisites to complete this certification. Like LEED, Green Globes has four levels of certification. Green Globes can be used in new construction, existing buildings, and commercial interiors. This certification program focuses on energy usage, water, waste management, emissions, indoor environment, and environmental management.

  6. LBC: The Living Building Challenge was created by the International Living Future Institute (ILFI) and provides a framework for regenerative design and self sustaining buildings. Regenerative design ensures buildings not only have a minimal environmental impact but also have a positive effect on surrounding natural systems. The program has a series of performance based requirements that address seven performance areas: Place, Water, Energy, Health and Happiness, Materials, Equity, and Beauty. To achieve LBC certification, a project must demonstrate its compliance across all seven categories for at least 12 consecutive months.

  7. NGBS: The National Green Building Standard is a residentially focused green building certification program that was developed by the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) in collaboration with the International Code Council (ICC). NGBS provides guidelines and criteria for the design, construction, and operation of sustainable single-family homes, multi-family buildings, and residential developments in the U.S. Performance is measured across six categories: Lot Design and Development, Resource Efficiency, Water Efficiency, Energy Efficiency, Indoor Environmental Quality, and Building Operation and Maintenance. There are four different levels of NGBS certification that are awarded based on the number of points achieved: Bronze, Silver, Gold, or Emerald.

  8. SITES: The Sustainable Sites Initiative, also known as SITES, is a framework and certification program for the design, development, and management of sustainable landscapes and outdoor spaces. This program applies to a variety of project types, including open spaces (like national parks and botanic gardens), streetscapes and plazas (like transportation hubs), commercial properties (like retail and office areas), residential neighborhoods, and educational or institutional properties (like college campuses, museums, and hospitals). SITES certified projects help reduce water demand, filter and reduce stormwater runoff, enhance biodiversity, provide pollinator and wildlife habitat, reduce energy consumption, improve air quality, improve human health, increase outdoor recreation opportunities, and much more. The SITES rating system is a 200-point system, and projects can obtain SITES certification at one of four levels: Certified, Silver, Gold, or Platinum.

    The rating system is designed to distinguish sustainable landscapes, measure their performance and elevate their value. SITES certification is for development projects located on sites with or without buildings - ranging from national parks to corporate campuses, streetscapes to homes, and more. Launched in 2006, SITEs was developed by the American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA), the Lady Bird Johnson Wildflower Center at The University of Texas at Austin and the United States Botanic Garden.

  9. DGNB: A green building certification program created by the German Sustainable Building Council, focuses on promoting sustainable building practices across Europe. DGNB uses a holistic approach with an emphasis on performance. This green building rating system has three levels of certification, platinum, gold, and silver. For this certification program, buildings are evaluated on ecological quality, socio-cultural and function quality, technical quality, and process quality. As of December 2018, over 4800 buildings have eared a DGNB certification.

  10. Greern Star: Based in Australia since 2003, Green Star is a comprehensive, national, voluntary environmental rating system that evaluates the environmental design and construction of buildings and communities. Green Star was developed by the Green Building Council Australia, whose objective is to promote sustainable development and the transition of the property industry by promoting green building programs, technologies, design practices and operations. Green Star has established individual environmental measurement criteria with particular relevance to the Australian marketplace and environmental context.

    Green Star is an international sustainability reporting and rating system, that is popular particularly in Australia and South Africa. All Green Star categories include an innovation category that rewards projects for creating and utilizing new approaches to sustainability. Like the other certification programs on this list, Green Star can be used in a variety of building types and is assessed in categories such as indoor environmental air quality, energy, transportation, water, materials, land use and ecology, and emissions. The main goal of Green Star is to guide project teams to make conscious decisions regarding energy usage and material selection. As of 2019, over 1450 projects had completed the Green Star certification.

  11. BCA Green Mark Scheme: Building and Construction Authority Green Mark Scheme is a green certification program that focuses on the development of sustainable buildings in Singapore. This certification program focuses on innovation and governance to create a community of care and a more sustainable environment. BCA Green Mark Scheme has 5 key attributes: energy efficiency, water efficiency, environmental protection, indoor environmental quality, and innovation features. Since its launch in January of 2005, BCA Green Mark Scheme has certified over 1700 buildings.

  12. BEAM PLUS: BEAM PLUS is a certification program recognized by the Hong Kong Business Environment Council that focuses on incorporating sustainability into planning, design, construction, operation, and maintenance of a building. BEAM PLUS has five focuses for assessment: site, material, water and energy use, indoor environmental quality, and innovation. The BEAM PLUS certification program has a goal of educating the community about sustainability and sustainable practices and has intentions to extend BEAM PLUS beyond Hong Kong.

  13. CASBEE: Comprehensive Assessment System for Build Energy Environment Efficiency, was launched in 2015 and can be used for both new construction and existing buildings throughout Japan. Starting in 2005, earning a CASBEE certification became mandatory in 24 Japanese municipalities. CASBEE moved internationally in 2014 when a building in Tianjin, China earned their CASBEE certification. This program focuses on energy and resource efficiency, and local and indoor environments. CASBEE was designed to reduce the life cycle of resource use, as well as improve quality of life for building occupants and the surrounding community.

  14. GORD: Gulf Organization for Research and Development, aims to encourage sustainable economic development and environmental leadership through sustainable building design. GORD is the first performance based green building certification program in the Middle East and North Africa. This certification has two stages: (1) obtain the design and build certificate following design phase and, (2) pursue the conformance design audit. Since its launch in 2007, over 100 million square feet of building space have received GORD certification.

  15. Miljöbyggnad: Miljöbyggnad, or Environmental Building in English, is a green building certification program created by the Sweden Green Building Council in 2010. Including both new construction and existing building pathways, buildings can earn gold, silver, or bronze certification levels. Interesting, since water usage is not a threatened resource in Sweden, there is no section regarding water efficiency. However, this program focuses on indoor environmental quality, energy use, and material use. Miljöbyggnad uses principles from LEED and BREEAM to develop its certification attributes. Thus far, over 1000 buildings have received Miljöbyggnad certification.

  16. NABERS: A national rating system that measures the environmental performance of Australian buildings. The rating system, launched in 1998, measures the energy efficiency, water usage, waste management and indoor environment quality of a building or tenancy and its impact on the environment.

  17. CEEQUAL: An international evidence-based sustainability assessment and rating system for civil engineering, infrastructure, landscaping and public realm projects. Launched in 2003 in the UK, and available internationally since 2011, the rating system is predominantly used in Europe. CEEQUAL became part of the BRE Group in 2015, and is now being operated in conjunction with BREEAM.

  18. Envision: Launched in 2012, Envision is a planning and design guidance tool that provides industry-wide sustainability metrics for all infrastructure types. The rating system evaluates, grades and gives recognition to infrastructure projects that use transformational, collaborative approaches to assess the sustainability indicators over the course of the project’s life cycle. Launched in 2012, the tool was created by a strategic alliance of the Zofnass Program for Sustainable Infrastructure at the Harvard University Graduate School of Design and the Institute for Sustainable Infrastructure (ISI). Examples of our Envision projects include: Holland Energy Park, Holland, MI, USA; Kansas City Streetcar, Kansas City, MO, USA; Historic Fourth Ward Park, Atlanta, GA, USA; I-4 Ultimate Highway Project, Orlando, FL, USA.

  19. EDGE: Excellence in Design for Greater Efficiencies is a green building certification system focused on making buildings in emerging markets more resource efficient. Launched in 2013, the program offers free web-based software to help design teams and project owners assess cost effective ways to incorporate energy and water saving options into their buildings.

back to TOC

Air Quality Certification Programs

  1. BREEAM: See Green Certification Programs.

  2. GreenGuard: GreenGuard certified products contribute to certification across several of the previously mentioned programs, including BREEAM, LEED, and Fitwel. GreenGuard certifies building materials and products like furniture, paints, adhesives, and cleaning products that have low levels of volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions. High levels of VOCs can contribute to poor indoor air quality, which can have serious impacts on human health. By selecting products with GreenGuard certification, architects, developers, and building owners can create healthier indoor environments, which then contributes to other green building certifications.

  3. Fitwel: Fitwel is a certification program focused on protecting and improving human health and well-being inside buildings. It assesses the various ways a building's design and operations impact human health across seven categories: Community Health, Morbidity and Absenteeism, Social Equity, Well-Being, Healthy Food, Occupant Safety, and Physical Activity. The framework was developed by the U.S. Center for Disease Control (CDC) and the U.S. General Services Administration (GSA), and the program is now managed by the Center for Active Design (CfAD), which is a global nonprofit organization. Projects can achieve Fitwel certification at one of three levels: one star, two stars, and three stars.

    Created as a joint initiative led by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the General Services Administration (GSA) in addition to experts in public health and design, Fitwel was introduced in 2015 and launched for public use in 2017. The rating system is organized around specific, incremental changes that will foster a healthier workplace, regardless of size, construction year, or location. Fitwel stands for Facility Innovations Toward Wellness Environment Leadership.

    Like WELL, Fitwel focuses on the health and wellbeing of the building occupants as well as the surrounding community. However, FitWel does not have any prerequisites for completing this green building certification program. Like the previously mentioned programs, FitWel can also be used in a variety of building types and spaces. FitWel focuses on location, building access, outdoor spaces, entrances, stairs, indoor environment, workspaces, shared spaces, water supply, cafeterias and prepared food areas, vending machines and snack bars, and emergency procedures. As of 2019, 840 were registered, and 240 had completed their FitWel certification. Top users of FitWel include Skanska Alexandria Real Estate Equities Inc., and the Tower Companies.

  4. WELL Building Standard: Similar to Fitwel, the WELL Building Standard provides guidelines for designing, constructing, and operating buildings to support human health and wellness. WELL is administered by the International WELL Building Institute (IWBI) and considers factors that can affect human health across several categories, including Air, Water, Nourishment, Light, Fitness, Comfort, and Mind. Projects pursuing WELL Certification can achieve one of four certification levels: Bronze, Silver, Gold or Platinum.

    WELL is a building certification program managed by the International WELL Building Institute (IWBI). WELL focuses mostly on building design attributes that impact occupant health and well-being. WELL evaluates buildings on 11 concepts: air, water, nourishment, light, movement, thermal comfort, sound, materials, mind, community, and innovation. This green building system features a few preconditions or prerequisites to completing a WELL certification. Like LEED, WELL can be used for a wide variety of building and building spaces. As of 2019, 3865 projects were registered, and 232 had earned their WELL certification. Top users of WELL include Wells Fargo, EY, Deloitte, Lenovo, and Fandango.

    The WELL Community Standard™ pilot, introduced in 2014, is a district-scale rating system centered exclusively on health and wellness that aims to set a new global benchmark for healthy communities. With the launch of the WELL Community Standard, IWBI is ushering in a new era of fostering and cultivating neighborhoods, districts and other communities that have health and wellness attributes built into their DNA.

Healthy Ventilation Certification Systems

  1. BCMC: The Building Contagion Mitigation Certification (BCMC) Tool is a dashboard that allows building owner operators to assess Virus Mitigation Levels in their buildings and provides information to increase the Virus Mitigation Levels, if needed. The BCMC easily performs before and after analysis when upgrades are being considered so that choices can be made based on data not speculation. The BCMC Tool is particularly useful for organizations with limited budgets and resources like schools, restaurants, bars, community clubhouses because it can be used by anyone. There are no special skills that are needed other than the ability to read and the desire to do the work. Yet the BCMC Tool easily scales up to massive projects involving hundreds of buildings and thousands of rooms. Jump to BCMC for more information.

  2. SVARS: The Sustainable Ventilation Assessment and Rating System (SVARS) is a transparent self-reporting system to measure ventilation quality and carbon footprint sustainability performance levels for any facility and ensure that facilities operate at an optimum level. This includes effective operations and maintenance. The SVARS focuses exclusively on asking key ventilation and climate change plan questions that are part of key categories and applies a Maturity Level and Score. It is also structured so that it can be incorporated into other climate change rating systems. Jump to SVARS for more information.

References

[1] Top 12 Green Building Rating Systems, Sustainable Investment Group (SIG), June 01, 2020. https://sigearth.com/top-12-green-building-rating-systems, 2024

[2] Green Rating Systems, HDR, 2024. https://www.hdrinc.com/services/sustainability-resiliency/green-rating-systems, 2024.

[3] A Guide to Green Building Certifications in North America, Tuesday, May 09, 2023, Trusscore. https://trusscore.com/blog/a-guide-to-green-building-certifications-in-north-america.html, 2024.

[4] Building Air Quality Guide: A Guide for Building Owners and Facility Managers, EPA 402-F-91-102, December 1991. https://www.epa.gov/indoor-air-quality-iaq/building-air-quality-guide-guide-building-owners-and-facility-managers . PDF 2024.

[5] Improving Ventilation In Buildings, Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC, Updated May 11, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/improving-ventilation-in-buildings.html, 2023.

[6] 5-step guide to checking ventilation rates in classrooms, T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Schools for Health, Harvard Healthy Buildings program. 2020. https://schools.forhealth.org/ventilation-guide .  https://schools.forhealth.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/19/2020/08/Harvard-Healthy-Buildings-program-How-to-assess-classroom-ventilation-08-28-2020.pdf, 2023.

[7] Sustainable Ventilation Assessment & Rating System (SVARS), Cassbeth, 2024. https://www.cassbeth.com/svars/index.html, 2024.

[8] COVID Data Tracker, Data Table for Weekly Deaths - The United States, CDC - Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Date generated: Sat Jun 08 2024 07:22:07 GMT-0400 (Eastern Daylight Time), 2024. https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#trends_weeklydeaths_select_00, 2024.

[9] How COVID-19 Spreads, CDC - Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Updated Mar. 15, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html, 2024.

[10] COVID Data Tracke, CDC - Centers for Disease Control and Preventionr, Updated on May 10, 2024. https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#datatracker-home

[11] The Sharp Decline in COVID-19 Mortality in 2023: Interpreting Good News in a Population Health Context, The Milbank Quarterly, November 13, 2023, Milbank Memorial Fund. https://www.milbank.org/quarterly/opinions/the-sharp-decline-in-covid-19-mortality-in-2023-interpreting-good-news-in-a-population-health-context, 2024.

back to TOC

National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building

On June 6, 2024 the The Department of Energy (DOE) announced a National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building. The definition is intended to provide industry guidance to support new and existing commercial and residential buildings to move towards zero emissions. [1]

There are nearly 130 million existing buildings in the United States, which collectively cost over $400 billion a year to heat, cool, light, and power, with 40 million new homes and 60 billion square feet of commercial floorspace expected to be constructed between 2024 and 2050. Establishing a consistent definition for a zero-emissions building will accelerate climate progress, while lowering home and business energy bills.

The National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building: Part 1 Operational Emissions from Energy Use sets criteria for determining that a building generates zero emissions from energy use in building operations. By the definition, at a minimum, a zero emissions building must be: [2]

  1. energy efficient,
  2. free of onsite emissions from energy use, and
  3. powered solely from clean energy.

Future parts of this definition may address emissions from embodied carbon (producing, transporting, installing, and disposing of building materials) and additional considerations.

The Definition is not a regulatory standard or a certification. It is guidance that public and private entities may adopt to determine whether a building has zero emissions from operational energy use. The definition is not a substitute for the green building and energy efficiency standards and certifications that public and private parties have developed.

Eight major green building certification programs in the U.S. announced that they will embed or align or exceed the zero emissions definition within their certification. Many certifications go even further to demonstrate climate leadership by exceeding the criteria of the definition.

In December 2021, President Biden signed Executive Order 14057 on Federal Sustainability and issued the Federal Sustainability Plan, which calls on agencies to achieve a federal net-zero emissions building portfolio by 2045. The Federal Government will use the National Definition in leasing net-zero emissions buildings, which will become the standard for Federal leases beginning in 2030.

The National Definition for a Zero Emissions Building aligns with the UN’s Buildings Breakthrough, which endorses the statement, "Near-zero emission and resilient buildings are the new normal by 2030."

The following are more guideline details:

Energy Efficient

At a minimum, an existing building must satisfy one of the following criteria:

Free of On-Site Emissions from Energy Use

Direct GHG emissions from energy use must equal zero. There is an exception for use of emergency backup generators when grid power is unavailable.

Powered Solely from Clean Energy

All energy used by the building must be clean energy, obtained through any combination of on and off site sources, as long as the GHG emissions from that clean energy equals zero. If the building obtains heating or cooling from a district energy system, the district energy must be generated from clean sources. On-site clean energy is encouraged to be maximized before procuring off-site clean energy.

To qualify as clean energy, each source of off-site power generation for the building must meet at least one of the following requirements:

References

[1] DOE Announces National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building, Press Release, U.S. Department of Energy | Office of Energy Efficiency & Renewable Energy, June 6, 2024. https://www.energy.gov/articles/doe-announces-national-definition-zero-emissions-building, 2024.

[2] National Definition of a Zero Emissions Building Part 1: Operational Emissions from Energy Use, Version 1, U.S. Department of Energy | Office of Energy Efficiency & Renewable Energy, June 2024. https://www.energy.gov/sites/default/files/2024-06/bto-national-definition-060524.pdf, 2024.

back to TOC

STARS - The Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System

(STARS) is a transparent, self-reporting framework for colleges and universities to measure their sustainability performance. It is intended to engage and recognize the full spectrum of higher education institutions, from community colleges to research universities. It encompasses long-term sustainability goals for already high-achieving institutions, as well as entry points of recognition for institutions that are taking first steps toward sustainability. STARS is designed to [1]:

Through participating in STARS, institutions can earn points toward a STARS Bronze, Silver, Gold, or Platinum Rating, or earn the STARS Reporter designation. Each seal represents significant sustainability leadership. [1]

An examination of the rating system suggests that there are no explicit ventilation related metrics / requirements in the current rating system [2] [3] [4]. However, there are the following sections that could be used to capture ventilation performance and ensure that ventilation is not compromised in an effort to minimize carbon footprint:

Ideally ventilation would be added as a new line item in one or more of the above sections. This does not preclude institutions from using one or more of the sections to capture their ventilation performance claims. The IN section is not populated in STARS 2.2. The IN credits are optional credits. A new credit can be added:

[1] The Sustainability Tracking Assessment & Rating System, About STARS, https://stars.aashe.org/about-stars, web access 2024.

[2] STARS Technical Manual, Version 2.2 June 2019, Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Education (AASHE). https://stars.aashe.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/STARS-2.2-Technical-Manual.pdf, web access 2024.

[3] STARS 2.2 Credit Checklist Spreadsheet, Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Education (AASHE). https://stars.aashe.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/STARS-2.2-Credit-Checklist-2023-06.xlsx, web access 2024.

[4] Optional Credits STARS Innovation & Leadership Catalog Version 2.2 May 2019, Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Education (AASHE). https://stars.aashe.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/STARS-2.2-Innovation-Leadership-Catalog.pdf, web access 2024.

back to TOC

SVARS - Sustainable Ventilation Assessment & Rating System

The Sustainable Ventilation Assessment and Rating System (SVARS) is a transparent self-reporting system to measure ventilation quality and carbon footprint sustainability performance levels for any facility and ensure that facilities operate at an optimum level. This includes effective operations and maintenance. The goals are to:

The SVARS focuses exclusively on asking key ventilation and climate change plan questions that are part of key categories and applies a Maturity Level and Score. It is also structured so that it can be incorporated into other climate change rating systems.

 Jump to SVARS for more information.

back to TOC


Building Ventilation and Carbon Footprint

Because of the COVID-19 disaster, we re-learned the importance of facility ventilation. Suddenly when dealing with climate change ventilation enters the systems solution space. From a systems perspective the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics.

Facility ventilation rates have been dropping since the first energy crisis in the last century. Ventilation was reduced again when smoking was banned in public facilities. With sustainability goals, ventilation rates are being forced to drop even further. The challenge is to increase existing poor ventilation rates while reducing carbon footprints. A systems perspective must be applied to the sustainability (carbon footprint) and ventilation challenges in facilities.

The COVID-19 and seasonal flu research suggests that current facilities make people sick and some die, even with the availability of vaccines. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters. This like the COVID-19 disaster is big science and big engineering. Fortunately it is relatively easy to determine the carbon footprint from facility ventilation and this can be compared with the overall carbon footprint generated from all other human activities.

Ventilation Carbon Footprint Measurement and Modeling

Model

As part of the COVID-19 Research From a Systems Perspective an analysis of ventilation costs was performed. The key data that was identified are the power levels required as a function of ventilation rate. This work is the basis for the Ventilation Carbon Footprint model. There are Two Static Models models that are developed. The first is a Fine Grain Model and the second is a Coarse Grain Model. The effort and attributes of each model are as follows:

See

Fine Grain Model

Coarse Grain Model

The parameters needed are:

Additional parameters needed are for the Coarse Grain Model:

The coarse grain model parameters are usually available because of existing activities associated with building management. The fine grain model parameters are usually not available and thus the need for the QII to gather the data. A QII is documented evidence that is not easily refuted by outsourced energy companies or HVAC staff that place all their faith in automated sensors. It is also a good way to validate any existing data from vendors or the HVAC staff.

The following table shows the power levels for mechanical and UV ventilation. The Mech Watts/CFM and UV Watts/CuFt are used in the model.

Power Levels

Mechanical

CFM

Watts

Mech Watts / CFM

Source

Dayton Furnace Blower

1600

828

0.52

(2)

Dayton Furnace Blower

2700

1836

0.68

(3)

.

Ceiling Level UV-C

CuFt (1)

Watts

UV Watts/CuFt

GC-295 (2x95W bulbs)

10,824

187

0.017

(4)

(1) 12 foot ceiling.
(2) https://www.electricmotorwarehouse.com/content/PDF/1XJX7_spec.pdf.
(3) https://www.grainger.com/product/DAYTON-1-hpHP-115V-Double-Inlet-Forward-1XJY3.
(4) https://www.lumalier.com/upper-air-disinfection/ceiling-mounted/gc-cieling-mount

The CO2 lbs. per Watt will vary per facility depending on the source of the power. The following table provides a list of power sources and CO2 per kWh.

CO2 per kWh

Fuel

Efficiency

Percentage Used
United States

Total Energy
(Billion kWh)

CO2 per kWh
Created by Powerplant (lbs.)

Natural Gas

38%

38.60%

1.575

0.9

Coal

29%

21.80%

899

2.34

Oil

31%

0.50%

19

1.78

Fossil Fuel Total

-

60 9%

2.493

1.42 Weighted Avg

Nuclear

290%

18.90%

778

0.03

Wind

1164%

9.20%

380

0.02

Hydro

317%

6.30%

260

0.05

Solar

207%

2.80%

115

0.11

Biomass

52%

1.30%

55

0.51

Geothermal

514%

0 4%

16

0.08

Renewable Fuel Total

-

38.50%

1,588

0.05 Weighted Avg

Total

-

99 4%

4,081

0.89 Weighted Avg

The model should capture the baseline and the various ACH levels (5, 6, 12 ACH). This model can then be tweaked to run different scenarios like changing the mechanical ventilation motors, shifting to UV or other ventilation and or changing the power source mix to be more carbon friendly.

The following table is the Fine Grain Model. An example implementation of the model is in a spreadsheet. [Gen-Ventilation-Carbon-Footprint-Model Spreadsheet . Presentation]

The following links show the QII and fine grain model results: Medical Office QII (before CO2 model) . School QII (all reports) . School QII (Fine grain CO2 model) summary data at bottom.

Fine Grain Model

Equations / Source

Model Parameters

Values
(baseline)

Values
(5 ACH)

Values
(6 ACH)

Values
(7 ACH)


ACH Calculations

-

-

-

-

-

Length * Width

Vent-1 Area

-

-

-

Anemometer

Vent-1 Measured FPM

-

-

-

Vent CFM = Vent Area * FPM / 144

Vent CFM-1

-

-

-

Total CFM = Vent 1 CFM + Vent 2 CFM + …

Room Total CFM

back calculated

back calculated

back calculated

Room ACH = Total CFM *60 / Room cu-ft

Room ACH

If present, data is provided by vendor.

Room eACH

If present, data is provided by vendor.

Room oACH (1)

Total Room ACH = ACH + eACH

Total Room ACH

5

6

7


Carbon Footprint Calculations

-

-

0.52 - 0.68 or find your design data

Mech Watts per CFM

0.518

0.017 or find your design data (12 ft ceiling)

UV Watts per Cu-Ft

0.017

0.89 US 2023 or vary per facility power choices

CO2 lbs. per Watt

0.89

Mech Watts = Room CFM * Watts /CFM

Mech Watts

UV Watts = Room Cu-Ft * UV Watts/Cu-Ft

UV Watts

Total Watts = Mech Watts + UV Watts

Total Watts

Carbon Footprint = Total Watts * CO2 lbs./Watt

Carbon Footprint

Multiply carbon footprint by Hours On
to determine carbon footprint per
day, week, month, year (24/7 365, 16/5 354)

Hours:     Days/Wk.:     Days/Yr.:

Total Carbon Footprint

Circle:
day week month year

(1) oACH can be natural ventilation. Room sanitizers, ionizers, and other devices use power and line items should be added as needed.

The following table is the Coarse Grain Model. An example implementation of the model is in a spreadsheet. [Gen-Ventilation-Carbon-Footprint-Model Spreadsheet . Presentation]

Coarse Grain Model

Equations / Source

Model Parameters

Values
(baseline)

Values
(5 ACH)

Values
(6 ACH)

Values
(7 ACH)


ACH Calculations

-

-

-

-

-

Building SqFt = Length * Width

Building Square Feet

-

-

-

Avg Ceiling Height is 9, 12 feet

Average Room Height

-

-

-

Building Square Feet * Average Room Height

Building Cubic Feet

-

-

-

From installation data

Building Total CFM

back calculated

back calculated

back calculated

Total CFM *60 / Room cu-ft

Building Avg ACH

If present, data is provided by vendor.
eACH SqFt Serviced/Building SqFt

Building eACH

If present, data is provided by vendor.
oACH SqFt Serviced/Building SqFt

Building oACH (1)

Building Avg ACH = ACH + eACH + oACH

Building Avg ACH

5

6

7


Carbon Footprint Calculations

-

-

0.52 - 0.68 or find your design data

Mech Watts per CFM

0.518

0.017 or find your design data (12 ft ceiling)

UV Watts per Cu-Ft

0.017

0.89 US 2023 or vary per facility power choices

CO2 lbs. per Watt

0.89

Mech Watts = Room CFM * Watts /CFM

Mech Watts

UV Watts = Room Cu-Ft * UV Watts/Cu-Ft

UV Watts

Total Watts = Mech Watts + UV Watts

Total Watts

Carbon Footprint = Total Watts * CO2 lbs./Watt

Carbon Footprint

Multiply carbon footprint by Hours On
to determine carbon footprint per
day, week, month, year (24/7 365, 16/5 354)

Hours:     Days/Wk.:     Days/Yr.:

Total Carbon Footprint

Circle:
day week month year

(1) oACH can be natural ventilation. Room sanitizers, ionizers, and other devices use power and line items should be added as needed.

Metered Data Collection

The National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) has a document called Procedure for Measuring and Reporting Commercial Building Energy Performance that describes how to measure and report building energy [1]. The following are extracts from the document:

The procedure is divided into two tiers to differentiate the resolution of the results and the amount of effort typically required to complete the procedure. Tier 1 gives monthly and annual results for the facility as a whole, based primarily on utility meter readings. Tier 2 yields time-series results (typically 15- or 60-min data, which should correspond to the electrical demand billing scheme, if applicable), in addition to monthly and annual results, itemized by type of end use, based on submetering and a data acquisition system (DAS). With either Tier 1 or Tier 2, performance is measured for a period of 1 year to determine seasonal trends and annual totals. Typically, for a Tier 1 analysis of an existing building, such data have already been recorded on utility bills, so the procedure may be completed in a matter of days. For a Tier 1 analysis of a newly completed building, a 1-year waiting period will be necessary to collect the data. For a Tier 2 analysis, the measurement (which will take at least 1 year to complete) is part of the procedure.

Data Acquisition System (DAS): An automated data recording system that typically consists of a programmable data logger and numerous sensors and other transducers. It can record all the measurements needed to complete Tier 2 of this procedure. The recording interval should correspond to the applicable electrical demandbilling scheme, if applicable (typically 15- or 60-min data), so that the data enable demand-reduction strategies to be analyzed after the procedure is completed. (See also the definition of time series.) The system should be operated and the data collected for at least 1 year to allow seasonal trends and annual totals to be determined with this procedure.

Tier 1: The most basic level of a procedure, which yields the highest-level results. General characteristics of Tier 1 are that it (1) generally yields only monthly and annual results; (2) often requires only existing data, including utility bills, building drawings, and a physical examination (walk-through) of the building; and (3) is typically performed without installing additional metering equipment. In Tier 1 of this procedure, these means are used to determine and report monthly and annual purchased energy, electrical demand, facility energy production, and related metrics.

Tier 2: The advanced level of a procedure, which yields more detailed results. Most analysts who are interested in a detailed examination of a building's performance will perform a Tier 2 analysis. General characteristics of Tier 2 are that it (1) yields seasonal, daily, hourly, or subhourly (if appropriate) results; (2) yields results itemized by type of end use; and (3) requires new data to be recorded in addition to existing building data. Submetering and a DAS are generally employed.

The Tier 1 data collection is equivalent to the course grain model and the Tier 2 data collection is equivalent to the fine grain model. The metered data can be used to check the modeled data and the model data can be used to check the metered data.

Building Automation Systems

A Building Automation System (BAS) or Data Acquisition System (DAS) is an automated data recording system that typically consists of a programmable data logger and numerous sensors and other transducers.

Building Management System / Building Automation System

Building management systems (BMS) is synonymous with the Building Automation System (BAS) and they are computer-based systems that are used in the building to automate functions. This system is intended to automate controls such as ventilation, protection, lighting, and power. This is useful for emergency procedures because it allows for improved reaction to incidents such as fire alarms, security breaches, air conditioning issues, and more. An example of an automatic fire safety system may be to make the elevators turned off safely at the ground floor, so that no one can access them in the event of a building fire. It also can be programmed for versatility and power for rooms. Approximately 40 percent of the total energy of buildings is usually controlled by a BMS, so if the BMS is configured incorrectly, it can account for 20 percent of the total energy consumption of buildings [4].

Energy Management Systems

Energy management systems (EMS) are computer-based systems that measure energy consumption and look for spaces where energy efficiency could be improved. Among other items, energy management systems can be used to track device-level equipment such as HVAC units and lighting systems centrally across various locations. EMS offers an overall image of energy usage and when an issue occurs there is the ability to zoom in to data at the system level. Energy management systems may have the ability to calculate, send and track functions that allow managers of facilities and buildings to obtain data and information that enables them to make more informed decisions about energy activities across their sites. Energy management systems can reduce the energy usage of a 21-story building by 50 percent on average [4]. A study from 1996 suggests 19% to 29% [5].

Building Systems and Power Levels

Building Systems

Watts (1) (2)

No
EMS
BMS BAS
kWh

With
EMS
BMS BAS
kWh (4)

With
BMS / BAS
Reduction
kWh  (5)

With
EMS
Reduction
kWh (8) [4]

Mechanical ventilation power 5 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling) (3)

517

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Mechanical ventilation power 12 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

1242

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

UV Ventilation 12 eACH (1000 sqft)

207

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Cooling Systems (1000 sqft) (5)

2,500

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Water Chiller Systems

Various

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Electric Heating Systems

Various

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 300 lux (1000 sqft)

443 / 1948

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 500 lux (1000 sqft)

738 / 3246

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 750 lux (1000 sqft)

1107 / 4869

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED TV (~ 65 in)

100

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Laptops Computer

30 - 70

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Large desktop Computer

200 - 500

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Other Machinery

 Various

100%

(6)

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

(1) The numbers are approximate and will vary with specific design solutions and with time (2023).
(2) The mechanical ventilation numbers are not linear because of duct resistance.
(3) CDC guideline to aim for 5+ ACH.
(4) This is a function of how the occupants manage the building lights and ventilation systems, do they / can they turn them off when they leave a space.
(5) They cycle on and off while maintaining temperature, the issue is are they running in unoccupied spaces.
(6) These systems have internal timers to turn off when there is no activity. They need to be properly set.
(7) Estimates are 20% [4], other internet est. 5% - 15%
(8) Estimates are 50% [4], 19% - 29% [5], other internet est. 10% - 30%

EMS and BMS / BAS Integration

EMS and BMS / BAS integrate well in total system solutions. The reason why it is so important to understand the difference between EMS and BMS / BAS is that they both serve the same purpose in a different way, but they complement each other. While an EMS concentrates on details at the micro-level, BMS / BAS focus on knowledge at the macro-level. This puts them in perfect complementary positions. However, it is important to remember that EMS and BMS speak two entirely different languages, and as such, a middleman / protocol is required to translate between the two. A BACnet is the most commonly-used converter.

The sensors deployed by an EMS collect and analyze every single piece of telemetry data at the device level, which is why the EMS functions at a micro-level. This data at the micro-level is what makes an EMS such a powerful method for making decisions. It provides insights into energy consumption and overall building efficiency, because it understands how each piece of equipment / HVAC unit works individually and can then compile the data together to give the facility or property manager a comprehensive picture analysis of what is actually happening. The manager can assess the overall energy consumption with the information being tracked, and can recognize particular units that are underperforming, as well as specific measures to maximize and regulate their usage of energy. The data and observations provided by an EMS is then used to customize the BMS in a way that addresses different areas, making it even more useful.

EMS BMS / BAS Ventilation

The data collected to support effective ventilation carbon footprint management should include as a minimum the following key ventilation reporting requirements:

Minimum Key Ventilation Reporting Requirements

No

Reporting Requirements

Reporting Requirement Details

1. Room Ventilation kWh Per shift, daily, weekly, monthly, yearly (1)
2. Room CFM Minimum, Peak, and Average (1)
3. Room ACH Minimum, Peak, and Average  (1)
4. Building Ventilation kWh Per shift, daily, weekly, monthly, yearly
5. Building CFM Minimum, Peak, and Average
6. Building ACH Minimum, Peak, and Average
7. Room cubic feet For each room
8. Building cubic feet For the building
9. Alarms and Event logs For when the ACH drops below 5 ACH

(1) This is not possible with most systems, instead zone data is collected. Although the values can be calculated for the rooms based on the zone data, this will not provide visibility into the rooms because the rooms may be compromised by occupants via blocked vents.

BAS vendors include:

The BAS system must support the previously identified key ventilation requirements for kWh, CFM, ACH, cubic feet, and alarms and event logs. Once implemented, a BAS system when effectively managed can automate a manual Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) program. The Ventilation QII program becomes a review of the BAS reports.

The challenge is to properly instrument all the buildings and maintain the instrumentation. The other challenge is to realize that management will tune the system to only comply with the local building codes rather than the 5+ ACH guidance from the CDC. Further, as the pressure increases to reduce carbon footprints, local building codes will and are changing to further reduce the ventilation rates.

A BAS is costly to install and bring into operation for a large University Campus because of the large numbers of instrumentation units that need to be installed and then configured. It is difficult to justify the costs based on reduced power after the system becomes operational so most management will reject proposals to install these systems. Instead BAS will be found only in new buildings. However, for more enlightened and responsible management aware of the building ventilation crisis in the 21st century and the 5+ ACH CDC guidance, they will have a reasonable justification to move forward with BAS in all campus buildings.

The cost for a Building Automation System (BAS) depends on the specific components chosen, working with new construction or a building with legacy equipment, and location. The cost of deployment falls between $2.50 and $7.00 per square foot [2] [3]. If the BAS is used to provide healtier ventilation rather that just focus on minimum carbon footprint the savings can be as follows [2]:

Studies have found that healthier, more comfortable buildings increase worker productivity in multiple ways. Researchers at Harvard University estimate “that the productivity benefits from doubling the ventilation rates are $6,500 per person per year. This does not include the other potential health benefits, such as reduced sick building syndrome and absenteeism” while only costing about 40 cents per person annually. Other studies have found that employee productivity can increase by nearly 10% by just optimizing temperatures and ventilation from outside the building. Smart technology via BAS helps achieve these results. [2]

There is a carbon footprint associated with sick people from poor ventilation but is is unclear how that carbon footprint might be calculated.

Infrastructure Size

The following table shows the size of the U.S. infrastructure in terms of numbers of facilities.

Infrastructure Size

Facilities Number of Facilities
School Districts

16,800

K-12 Schools In The U.S

130,930

Restaurants 2018

660,755

Bars & Night Clubs 2021

59,052

U.S. Commercial Buildings 97 Billion Square Feet 2018

5,900,000

Brick-and-mortar Retail Stores 2020

328,208

Veterinary Clinics

28,000

Assisted Living Facilities

30,600

Physical Therapy Rehabilitation

45,905

Nursing Homes

15,600

Hospitals 2019

13,944

Urgent Care Facilities

9,616

References

[1] Procedure for Measuring and Reporting Commercial Building Energy Performance, National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), Technical Report NREL/TP-550-38601 October 2005. https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy06osti/38601.pdf, 2024.

[2] Getting Started With a Building Automation System: Cost Analysis & Breakdown, Buildings IOT, 2023. https://www.buildingsiot.com/blog/getting-started-with-a-building-automation-system-cost-analysis-breakdown-bd, 2024.

[3] How Much Does a Building Management System Cost? Mid-Atlantic Controls, December 6, 2022. https://info.midatlanticcontrols.com/blog/how-much-does-a-building-automation-system-cost, 2024.

[4] What Is The Difference Between Bms And Bas? Remote Fill Sytems, 2024. https://remotefillsystems.com/bas-what-is-the-difference-between-bms-and-bas, 2024.

[5] Performance of Energy Management Systems, American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy (ACEEE), October 1996. https://www.aceee.org/files/proceedings/1994/data/papers/SS94_Panel5_Paper28.pdf, 2024.

back to TOC


Ventilation Tradeoffs

At some point organizations will need to perform ventilation tradeoffs. To support the tradeoffs there are some key observations and relationships that should be internalized. These observations and relationships were surfaced with a systems analysis that is called Architecture Musings. This analysis runs different scenarios and assumptions to search for key observations. When this type of systems analysis is started it is unclear where it will go and if it will surface new insights. This analysis in captured in a spreadsheet. [ventilation-tradeoffs spreadsheet]

Observations

Cooling and heating CO2 budgets are a given

Ventilation CO2 level is directly related to power levels

The power budget in a home is allocated to mechanical ventilation + LED lighting + appliances: refrig + dishwasher + washer + dryer + TV + Electronics

The power budget in public spaces like classrooms, offices, and  retail spaces are allocated to mechanical ventilation and LED lighting

Key Relationships

Key Metric Items

(1) (2)
Watts

Mechanical ventilation power 1 ACH (1 cuft)

0.0086

Mechanical ventilation power 1 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

104

Mechanical ventilation power 4 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

414

Mechanical ventilation power 5 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling) (4)

517

Mechanical ventilation power 6 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

621

Mechanical ventilation power 12 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

1242

UV Ventilation 12 eACH (1000 sqft)

207

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 300 lux (1000 sqft)

443 / 1948

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 500 lux (1000 sqft)

738 / 3246

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 750 lux (1000 sqft)

1107 / 4869

LED TV (~ 65 in)

100

Annual Hours
Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator Program QIDC

3 - 6 (3)

Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator Program ODC

crowd sourced

(1) The numbers are approximate and will vary with specific design solutions and with time (2023).
(2) The mechanical ventilation numbers are not linear because of duct resistance.
(3) Per 1,000 sq-ft
(4) CDC guideline to aim for 5+ ACH

Although these numbers are approximations, they are a good gauge to make comparisons of different architecture choices.

back to TOC


Mechanical Ventilation for a Large University

Key Requirements

The key requirements for mechanical ventilation systems are:

  1. Maintain safe CO2 levels
  2. Reduce / prevent the risk of airborne contagions (CDC guideline is 5+ ACH) [1]
  3. Minimize carbon footoprint
  4. Maintain comfort levels

Optimizing Existing Mechanical Ventilation

This systems analysis is for optimizing the existing mechanical ventilation systems for a Large University. Making the best of what exists is a reasonable approach. There are alternatives to doing this like hiring an outside company or using internal University staff dedicated to new positions associated with optimizing the ventilation systems. Most universities are doing most of the suggestions, the problem is that most Universities are staff challenged and unable to take on additional work. [4] [5] The following is a list of suggestions:

  1. Partner with an energy consulting firm because current staff are unable to focus on energy / carbon footprint / ACH level management with their other responsibilities
  2. Provide training to all staff members
  3. Enforce plan to ensure energy / carbon footprint reduction and ACH levels using a quarterly Green House Report
  4. Match HVAC equipment to occupancy
  5. Perform continuous audits of building space using a formal Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) program
  6. Alert facilities staff of equipment that may be wasting energy or low ACH levels using a formal Ventilation QII program
  7. Adopt an Energy Conservation Guideline that outlines heating and cooling set points for occupied and unoccupied times
  8. Enforce the set point policy
  9. Solve persistent problems that have existed for years, a Climate Action Plan will help to deal with stuck / abandoned suggestions
  10. Determine and correct Building Management System (BMS) programming issues
  11. Purchase / use / develop energy accounting software and or model that determines changes in and calculates:
    1. weather impacts
    2. building square footage impacts
    3. equipment and building upgrades
    4. calculates expected energy usage / spent (Baseline Year Adjusted To Current Conditions - BATCC) vs actual usage / spend
    5. tracks efficient use of energy
    6. tracks ACH levels
    7. incorporates other variables
  12. If the university has massive capability in this area, hire new staff dedicated to this initiative or use student co-op / employment opportunities
  13. Itemize in a dot list all the things that the University is doing to see if there are other possibilities

These are extremely large systems and things will fall through the cracks unless there is a formal process with accountability and independent review. An independent Ventilation QII program is the key to optimizing any mechanical ventilation system to ensure that there is minimal carbon footprint and appropriate ACH levels throughout all the facilities. See QIDC . Ventilation Scorecard . Occupant Observations (OCP). [1] [2] [3]

References

[1] Improving Ventilation In Buildings, Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC, Updated May 11, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/improving-ventilation-in-buildings.html, 2023.

[2] 5-step guide to checking ventilation rates in classrooms, T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Schools for Health, Harvard Healthy Buildings program. 2020.  https://schools.forhealth.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/19/2020/08/Harvard-Healthy-Buildings-program-How-to-assess-classroom-ventilation-08-28-2020.pdf, 2023.

[3] Guidelines for Environmental Infection Control in Health-Care Facilities (2003), Centers For Disease Control and Prevention - CDC. https://www.cdc.gov/infectioncontrol/guidelines/environmental/appendix/air.html, 2023.

[4] Pace University Coordinated Energy Management Strategy, Better Buildings, U.S. Department of Energy, 2024. accessed 2024 Web Link.

[5] Pace University: Coordinated Energy Management Strategy, Distributed Energy Resources, Energy Efficiency, GHG Emissions - April 12, 2024. accessed 2024 Web Link.

back to TOC


UV Ventilation for a Large University

This systems analysis is a conceptual system architecture for implementing UV Ventilation for a Large University. As with all large infrastructure upgrades a program needs to be established that has a time line and milestones. The program should start with a small pilot project so that experience can be gained for the eventual massive rollout of the solutions. Because a large university will have a diverse set of buildings, there will be different UV system solutions.

If you are looking to come up to speed on ventilation and carbon footprint: Presentation . Ventilation Tradeoffs

If you are looking to come up to speed on ventilation: Building Ventilation Video.

If you are looking to come up to speed on why ventilation must be addressed in Climate Action Plans:

  1. Climate Action Plans Review
  2. Climate Action Plan Ventilation Requirements
  3. Recommendations

UV Ventilation Program

A program needs to be structured. These are suggestions for the activities and projects in the UV ventilation program:

  1. Industry survey
  2. Access research data
  3. Contact vendors as part of informal RFI process
  4. Have vendors provide demo equipment for free for 30-90 days
  5. Setup demo equipment / system in lab
  6. Evaluate demo equipment / system
  7. Start pilot project with 1-10 rooms
  8. Evaluate pilot project
  9. Roll out across infrastructure in 3+ phases the full program
  10. Use multiple vendors to avoid vendor lock
  11. Consider building inhouse Ceiling Level UV-C systems from parts to lower initial costs
  12. Stop LED replacement activities and integrate FAR UV ventilation & associated lighting
  13. Consider leasing the systems, there are advantages

The following is the type of infrastructure that may exist in a large university. The type of infrastructure will drive the applicability of UV ventilation and the type of UV ventilation - Ceiling Level UV-C or FAR UV system. The recommendations are based on getting the greatest airborne contagion mitigation benefit. For example, placing systems in personal offices will have minimal benefit because a personal office rarely will have multiple occupants while a classroom will have many occupants and this will have massive benefit. Ceiling level UV-C systems are considered to be extremely mature technology with a proven track record, so they are the first recommendation, the FAR UV systems are the secondary recommendation. The table shows the 3 phases of the full program. The first phase addresses the highest risk of airborne infection risk.

UV Ventilation Analysis

Room Type

UV-C

FAR-UV

Rooms

Phase

Sq-Ft

Total
Sq-Ft

Carbon Footprint

Contagion
Mintigation
Benefit

Comments

Classrooms with no HVAC

X

X

200

1

1,000

200,000

Lowered
if CDC compliant

High

This is typically an old building with a heating system but no ventilation system of any type. If the ventilation level is brought into CDC guideline of 5 ACH, mechanical ventilation carbon footprint >> UV system carbon footprint.
Classrooms with HVAC ACH << 5

X

X

1000

2

1,000

1,000,000

Lowered
if CDC compliant

High

This is a newer building that may have a central HVAC system or in-room classroom unit ventilators. If the ventilation level is brought into CDC guideline of 5 ACH, mechanical ventilation carbon footprint >> UV system carbon footprint.
Classrooms with HVAC ACH > 5

-

X

250

3

1,000

250,000

Lowered

Same

This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Computer Labs

NA

NA

50

-

1,000

50,000

-

Low

Computers run hot and it is likely that in order to keep the computers from over heating the lab will have ACH >> 5
Cafeterias

X

-

5

1

5,000

25,000

Lowered

High

This is a source of mass infections. This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Lecture Halls

X

-

50

1

10,000

500,000

Lowered

High

This is a source of mass infections. This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Public Gathering Spaces

-

X

50

2

2,500

125,000

Lowered

High

This is a source of mass infections. This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Study Spaces

-

X

50

2

2,500

125,000

Lowered

High

This is a source of mass infections. This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Auditoriums

NA

NA

20

-

10,000

200,000

-

None

These are typically well ventilated spaces because of the crowd density based on seating.
Restrooms

X

X

200

3

400

80,000

-

Low

There may be risk of tampering with UV-C systems.
Dorm Rooms

-

X

1000

3

900

900,000

Lowered
if CDC compliant

Med

This one is tricky because most dorm rooms are shared spaces but the occupants spend long periods of time in the space. FAR-UV is recommended because of the risk of tampering with UV-C systems. These are on demand systems and the ventilation runs only to maintain temperature. If the ventilation level is brought into CDC guideline of 5 ACH, mechanical ventilation carbon footprint >> UV system carbon footprint.
Private Offices

-

-

500

-

225

112,500

-

Very Low

Private offices typically do not have multiple occupants so there is little risk of contagion spread.
Conference Rooms

X

X

100

2

900

90,000

Lowered

High

This is a source of mass infections. This is where there may be reduced carbon footprint opportunities. Bringing down the ACH level and supplementing the mechanical ventilation with a UV system will reduce carbon footprint.
Rented Buildings

?

?

1000

3

1,000

1,000,000

?

?

These are problem spaces because there is limited control. These buildings need an independent ventilation QII program. The data can then be presented to the owners to force investment in UV systems. It is assumed the utility costs are passed through to the renter. Forcing these systems may reduce rental costs.

The number estimates are notional. They are only provided to suggest the scale of the program. The above analysis suggests that there are massive opportunities to reduce carbon footprint if the 5 ACH CDC guideline is to be satisfied. The practical results probably will be significantly lower, however the analysis suggests that this program should be seriously considered and a pilot project should be started.

A key observation is that if UV systems are rolled out, there is no need for a Ventilation QII program to be applied to the UV spaces. Unlike mechanical systems which can easily have degraded room ventilation for a multitude of reasons, not the least of which is the lack of monitoring of the ventilation rates at the room level, the UV systems have less modes of failure or degradation in an operational setting. They have in room sensors that provide continuous monitoring and are not susceptible to occupant tampering because there are no comfort issues associated with the UV systems. They do not cycle like most mechanical systems, they do not require sophisticated control software to changing conditions. They are just On or Off based on a simple occupant sensor. When On, the ventilation is always at the highest design level.

The following are mechanical ventilation challenges:

  1. Sensors are at the zone level not the room level
  2. Occupants tamper with the room vents
  3. The systems cycle Off or go into low ventilation rates when there are occupants for a variety of reasons
  4. Zone fans fail and are typically ignored or undetected
  5. ACH levels are typically << 5 ACH, especially when the systems cycle and are not in continuous ventilation mode
  6. They cannot easily reach 12 ACH like a UV system which can easily reach 12 eACH
  7. They use from 6-10 times more power than UV systems

The purpose of a mechanical ventilation system is to ensure that CO2 levels are maintained to not harm the occupants and not reduce their cognitive performance levels. The purpose of a UV system is to ventilate a space to reduce the risk of infection from airborne contagions. UV systems are just better / more efficient / lower carbon footprint at removing airborne contagions. This solution is called a hybrid architecture solution. The concept is to use the best architecture subsystem for a total solution and not force a subsystem into stressful operation to achieve a performance requirement. The total solution has 2 key requirements: (1) maintain proper CO2 levels and (2) reduce the risk of airborne contagions. Comfort level is a given but it has nothing to do with mitigating grave harm from CO2 and airborne contagions.

Observations: Prior to this systems analysis there were no indications of any of these findings. These results are significant and they need to be validated by multiple stakeholders.

back to TOC

UV Return in Investment

There are product cost estimates that were determine as part of the COVID-19 research from a systems perspective. The product cost estimates are for small clients. It is unclear what the product costs are for extremely large projects. UV-Infrastructure-Cost-Estimates . Ventilation Products Testing and Cost Tradeoffs. These are some of the key num.bers and a Return on Investment model. [spreadsheet ROI tab]

UV Return on Investment Estimate

Key Metric Items

Performance
Numbers

UV Purchase Cost Per sq-ft

$1.76 (1)

Mechanical Blower Purchase Cost Per sq-ft

$0.78

UV Watts / eACH (10824 cu-ft)

15.58

Mechanical Watts / ACH (10824 cu-ft)

122.40

Operating Savings Factor

8

Cost per kWh

$0.17

Payback year @ 2 ACH

5 years (1)

Payback year @ 3 ACH

4 years (1)

Payback year @ 4 ACH

3 years (1)

Payback year @ 5 ACH

2 years (1)

Payback year @ 6 ACH

2 years (1)

Payback year @ 10 ACH

1 years (1)

(1) Based on buying turnkey products.

The return on investment for a UV system is a function of the ACH level that a mechanical system would need to provide. The higher the mechanical ACH level the greater the power requirements. Since the mechanical power is 8 times greater than UV power, the ROI happens quickly when the ACH levels approach 5 ACH. If there is a desire to build the system using piece parts the price is approximately $0.20 Per sq-ft and the ROI is in the first year with 1-2 ACH. A piece part vendor / distributor is: https://www.prolampsales.com

The model runs the mechanical system at the selected ACH level and then runs the UV system at the selected ACH level. In an operational setting, this assumes that an exiting mechanical system is operating at a very low ACH level and it needs to be mechanically boosted or supplemented with a UV system. The numbers are approximate and do not consider the finer details of the simultaneous operation of the two systems.

back to TOC

UV Operational Test and Evaluation Program

The purpose of an Operational Test and Evaluation Program is to validate a system by subjecting it to a real world setting. The system is installed in what are called key sites and operational staff live with the system and users rely on the system in a way where operations are not disrupted. There is always a way to fall back to the previous system or use the previous system in parallel. This system will have little impact on the operational staff and users. Instead the effectiveness of the system needs to be determined to justify full scale roll out.

The approach to determine the effectiveness of UV systems in an operational setting is to use Petri dishes and collect ambient cultures from multiple room / space types for both UV and non-UV room / spaces. The testing is started during the Demo project and continues with the pilot program. The larger the the sample size the better. The following are the suggested test locations. The numbers indicate the number of rooms / spaces to be populated with Petri dishes.

While the Petri dishes only collect ambient bacteria cultures, these cultures can be used as a tracer indicator to suggest that there is a similar drop in virus load. This tracer connection is a resaonable assumption because of tests that have been performed in settings where virus load reductions have been studied. See the COVID-19 research from a systems perspective UV-C-Ceiling-Level-Lights  and scroll to table: Disinfection time in seconds at 30,000 uW/cm2 or 30mJ/cm2. The tables are duplicated at the end of this section.

Proposed UV Operational Test and Evaluation Locations

Room Type

Control
no UV

UV-C

FAR-UV

Room
Sq-Ft

UV
Rooms

Test

Comments

Note: UV systems are 5 weeks On then 5 weeks Off to further remove inconsistent populations

Classrooms with no HVAC

3

1

1

1,000

2

Demo

Control room uses room sanitzers if they are present. Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Classrooms with HVAC ACH << 5

3

1

1

1,000

2

Pilot Project

Control room uses room sanitzers if they are present. Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Classrooms with HVAC ACH > 5

3

1

1

1,000

2

Pilot Project

Reduce room ACH to 5 ACH. Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Computer Labs

3

NA

NA

1,000

0

Pilot Project

Cafeterias

1

1

-

5,000

1

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Lecture Halls

3

1

-

10,000

1

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Public Gathering Spaces

3

-

1

2,500

1

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Study Spaces

3

-

1

2,500

1

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Auditoriums

1

NA

NA

10,000

0

Pilot Project

Restrooms

3

1

1

400

2

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Dorm Rooms

3

-

1

900

1

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Private Offices

3

-

-

225

0

Pilot Project

Conference Rooms

3

1

1

900

2

Pilot Project

Measure power levels in each room to determine carbon footprint impacts.
Rented Buildings

10

?

?

1,000

?

Pilot Project

Total Rooms

45

7

8

15

The Control no UV spaces will not only help determine the effectiveness of the UV systems, the data also will allow for comparisons across room types to determine the most problematic spaces. For more information on contagion mitigation testing see the COVID-19 research from a systems perspective Proposed-Ventilation-Test-and-Evaluation-Program.

The Demo will use 2 UV systems. The Pilot Project will add an additional 13 UV systems for a total of 15 UV systems. The capital cost of this project will be approximately $15,000 to $20,000 if the systems are purchased. It will be lower if the systems are rented. If the systems are built using piece parts the capital cost of this project is approximately 10% the cost of turnkey products or $1,500 - $2,000.

back to TOC

UV Mechanism and Airborne Contagion Destruction

Solar radiation is mostly optical radiation [radiant energy within a broad region of the electromagnetic spectrum that includes ultraviolet (UV), visible (light) and infrared radiation], although both shorter wavelength (ionizing) and longer wavelength (microwaves and radiofrequency) radiation is present. The wavelength of UV radiation (UVR) lies in the range of 100 - 400 nm, and is further subdivided into UVA (315 - 400 nm), UVB (280 - 315 nm), and UVC (100 - 280 nm). The UV component of terrestrial radiation from the midday sun is about 95% UVA and 5% UVB. The UVC and most of the UVB radiation wavelengths are removed by the stratospheric ozone. UVC is not present in natural sunlight at the surface of the earth. [1]

References

[1] International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Working Group on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans. Radiation. Lyon (FR): International Agency for Research on Cancer; 2012. (IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, No. 100D.) SOLAR AND ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK304366

The following is a key extract from the COVID-19 research from a systems perspective UV-C-Ceiling-Level-Lights, scroll through the section to find the references.

UVGI damages living cells by directly or indirectly affecting the molecular structure of nucleic acids such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). Other studies have indicated that UVGI may also affect cytoplasmic and membrane structures. The photobiological reaction (e.g. the formation of covalent bonds between adjacent thymine bases in DNA) that may occur when a photon of UVGI (at 254 nm) strikes a cell translates into cellular or genetic damage that may lead to cell death or inability to successfully replicate. UVGI provides a significant germicidal effect since many biological polymers absorb energy in this bandwidth.

UVGI is absorbed by the outer surfaces of the eyes and skin. Short-term overexposure may result in photokeratitis (inflammation of the cornea) and/or keratoconjunctivitis (inflammation of the conjunctiva). Keratoconjunctivitis may be debilitating for several days but is reversible. Because these effects usually manifest themselves in 6 to 12 hours after exposure, their relationship to UVGI exposure may be overlooked. Symptoms may include an abrupt sensation of sand in the eyes, tearing, and eye pain that may be severe. Skin overexposure is similar to sunburn but does not result in tanning. Several instances of healthcare workers overexposed to UVGI have been reported. Five workers in a hospital emergency room were reported to have developed dermatosis or photokeratitis after exposure to high UVGI levels from a germicidal lamp. An investigation of the incident determined that a UV lamp was unshielded. Additional reports of overexposure to UVGI from unshielded lamps have been reported in a hospital in Botswana and a morgue in the United States.

UV-A and UV-B can damage skin
Sunburn is a sign of short-term overexposure
UV-C does not penetrate as far

Penetration Level

UV-C 100 - 280 nm
.
.
UV-B 280 - 315 nm
.
.
.
.
.
UV-A 315 - 400 nm

UV-C radiation has been shown to destroy the outer protein coating of the SARS-Coronavirus and the outer protein coating destruction leads to the inactivation of the virus. In 1947 during the Measles virus classroom study the UV levels were: average ultra-violet light intensity of 10 to 20 milliwatts per sq. ft. throughout the upper air; and 0.2 to 0.5 milliwatts per sq. ft. (or microwatts per sq. cm.) at face level of standing pupils. These numbers can be used as a reference for other analysis typically presented in microwatts per square centimeter:

The following table shows the disinfection time at 30,000 uW/cm2 or 30mJ/cm2 for bacteria, viruses, fungi and protozoa such as Cryptosporidium, Giardia, SARS, H5N 1 within one second.

This table suggests that Petri dishes can be used as a tracer for virus destruction and or removal.

UV-C Disinfection time in seconds at 30,000 uW/cm2 or 30mJ/cm2
Infection Source

100% kill
(Sec)

Infection Source

100% kill
(Sec)

Bacteria

Anthraces 0.30 Tuberculosis 0.41
Diphtheria 0.25 Vibrio Cholera 0.64
Clostridium Botulism 0.80 Pseudo monas Bacteria 0.37
Tetanus 0.33 Salmonella 0.51
Dysentery Bacillus 0.15 Fever Bacteria 0.41
Colibacillus 0.36 Bacillus Typhi murium 0.53
Hook-side Pylon Bacillus 0.20 Shigella 0.28
Legion Ella 0.20 Staphylococcus 1.23
Micro co 0.4-1.53 Streptococcus 0.45

Virus

Adenovirus 0.10 Influenza Virus 0.23
Phagocyte Cell Virus 0.20 Polio Virus 0.80
Coxsackie Virus 0.08 Rota Virus 0.52
ECHO Virus 0.73 Tobacco Mosaic Virus 16.00
ECHO Virus 1 0.75 Hepatitis B Virus 0.73

Mold Spores

Aspergillums Niger 6.67 Soft Spores 0.33
Aspergillums 0.73-8.80 Penicillium 2.93-0.87
Dung Fungi 8.00 Penicillium Chrysogenum 2.00-3.33
Mucor 0.23-4.67 Other Fungi Penicillium 0.87

Water Algae

Blue-green algae 10-40 Paramecium 7.30
Chlorella 0.93 Green Algae 1.22
Line Ovum 3.40 Protozoan 4-6.7

Fish Disease

Pang I Disuse 1.6 Infectious Pancreatic Necrosis 4
Leukodennia 2.67 Hemorrhagic 1.6

The following analysis shows how long the virus needs to be exposed with lower power levels. It assumes 100% destruction and a linear time relationship. The original studies in 1937 - 1943 used power levels of 10-20 uW/cm2 with an unknown mechnical ACH.

100% destroyed
(sec)

UV-C
uW/cm2

ACH

kill
(hours)

Comment

1

30000

3600

0.000277778

60

500

60

0.016666667

600

50

6

0.166666667

900

33

4

0.25

Design to criteria

1800

17

2

0.5

3600

8

1

1

The COVID-19 research used AUC (air update changes) rather than ACH (air changes per hour). The decision to use AUC rather than ACH was based on the massively toxic politcally charged environment at the time, circa 2020. For all the analysis AUC = ACH.

The FAR-UV performance is also part of the COVID-19 research from a systems perspective FAR-UV-Performance, scroll through the section to see the references.

As of February 2022, it appears that FAR UV systems are moving quickly into the market and infrastructure. There is now reasonable performance data available on these systems. The following is an example of available performance data. The 99% COVID-19 disinfection time as a function of distance is:

With this data it is possible to determine some eACH performance numbers. The following table shows some of the possible eACH performance numbers for a FAR UV system.

Ceiling Height = 9 feet
% of Room Height = Feet / 9 foot ceiling
eACH = 1/Time min
eACH slice = eACH * % of Room Height

Meters Feet % of
Room Height
Time
sec
Time
min
eACH eACH slice Comments
0.50 1.64 0.18 30 0.50 120.00 21.87
1.50 4.92 0.55 4.50 13.33 7.29 The eACH avg 3 feet from floor level can be calculated
2.50 8.20 0.91 12.40 4.84 4.41 The eACH avg feet level can be calculated
Average 11.19
. eACH . . . . . .
eACH avg 3 foot from floor level 14.58
eACH avg floor level 11.19

Just like for the UV-C systems, it is reasonable to assume that using Petri dishes as a tracer can be used for an Operational Test and Evaluation program.

back to TOC

Additional UV Research References

The following UV references are found in the UV sections of the COVID-19 Research from a Systems Perspective.

  1. UV-C-Ceiling-Level-Lights
  2. FAR-UV-222-Full-Illumination
  3. UV-C-Ventilation-Design-Solutions
  4. FAR-UV-222-Design-Solutions
  5. Upper-Room-Disinfection, National Academies of Sciences . local

The following UV references are in addition to the references found in the COVID-19 Research from a Systems Perspective. They originate from:

Ozone and ultra-fine particle concentrations in a hotel quarantine facility during 222 nm far-UVC air disinfection,
Petri Kalliomäki1, Hamed Sobhani2, Phillip Stratton3,4, Kristen K. Coleman1, Aditya Srikakulapu 1, Ross Salawitch 3, Russell R. Dickerson 3, Shengwei Zhu 2, Jelena Srebric 2 and Donald K. Milton 1;

1 University of Maryland, School of Public Health, College Park, MD, USA,
2 University of Maryland, Department of Mechanical Engineering, College Park, MD, USA,
3 University of Maryland, Department of Atmospheric & Oceanic Science, College Park, MD, USA,
4 Air Resources Laboratory, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), College Park, MD, USA.

https://doi.org//10.1101/2023.09.29.23296366; https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2023.09.29.23296366v1.full.pdf. 2023.

UV References

  1. Hart, D. Sterilization Of The Air In The Operating Room By Special Bactericidal Radiant Energy: Results of Its Use in Extrapleural Thoracoplasties. Journal of Thoracic Surgery 6, 45-81 (1936).
  2. Wells, W. F. et al. The environmental control of epidemic contagion I. An epidemiologic study of radiant disinfection of air in day schools. Am J Hyg 35, 97-121 (1942).
  3. Riley, R. L. and Permutt, S. Room air disinfection by ultraviolet irradiation of upper air. Air mixing and germicidal effectiveness. Arch Environ Health 22, 208-219 (1971).
  4. Bergman, R. et al. Air Disinfection with Germicidal Ultraviolet: For this Pandemic and the Next. Photochem Photobiol 97, 464-465 (2021).
  5. Reed, N. G. The history of ultraviolet germicidal irradiation for air disinfection. Public Health Rep. 125 (1), 15-27 (2010). ISSN 0033-3549.
  6. Wells, W. F. and Wells, M. W. Measurement of Sanitary Ventilation. Am J Public Health Nations Health 28 (3), 343-350 (1938). https://doi.org/10.2105/ajph.28.3.343
  7. Riley, R. L. and Permutt, S. Room air disinfection by ultraviolet irradiation of upper air. Air mixing and germicidal effectiveness. Arch Environ Health 22 (2), 208-219 (1971). https://doi.org/10.1080/00039896.1971.10665834
  8. Riley, R. L. and Nardell, E. A. Clearing the air. The theory and application of ultraviolet air disinfection. Am Rev Respir Dis. 139 (5), 1286-1294 (1989). https://doi.org/10.1164/ajrccm/139.5.1286
  9. Pfeifer, G.P. et al. Mutations induced by ultraviolet light. Mutat Res. 571(1-2), 19-31 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mrfmmm.2004.06.057.
  10. Delic, N. C. et al. Damaging Effects of Ultraviolet Radiation on the Cornea. Photochem Photobiol. 93(4), 920-929 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1111/php.12686.
  11. Eadie, E. et al. Extreme Exposure to Filtered Far-UVC: A Case Study. Photochem Photobiol 97, 527- 531 (2021).
  12. Fukui, T. et al. Exploratory clinical trial on the safety and bactericidal effect of 222-nm ultraviolet C irradiation in healthy humans. PLOS ONE 15, e0235948 (2020).
  13. Eadie, E. et al. Far-UVC (222 nm) efficiently inactivates an airborne pathogen in a room-sized chamber. Sci Rep 12, 4373 (2022).
  14. Ma, B. et al. UV Inactivation of SARS-CoV-2 across the UVC Spectrum: KrCl Excimer, Mercury-Vapor, and Light-Emitting-Diode (LED) Sources. Appl Environ Microbiol 87, e0153221 (2021).
  15. Ma, B. et al. UV Inactivation of Common Pathogens and Surrogates Under 222 nm Irradiation from KrCl Excimer Lamps. Photochemistry and Photobiology 99(3), 975-982, (2023).
  16. Welch, D. et al. Inactivation Rates for Airborne Human Coronavirus by Low Doses of 222 nm Far-UVC Radiation. Viruses 14, 684 (2022).
  17. Barber, V. et al. Indoor Air Quality Implications of Germicidal 222 nm Light. Preprint at https://doi.org/10.26434/chemrxiv-2023-ft1l8 (2023).
  18. Ma, B. et al. Reflection of UVC wavelengths from common materials during surface UV disinfection: Assessment of human UV exposure and ozone generation. Science of The Total Environment, (2023), http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.161848, https://uvsolutionsmag.com.
  19. Peng, Z. et al. Model Evaluation of Secondary Chemistry due to Disinfection of Indoor Air with Germicidal Ultraviolet Lamps. Environ. Sci. Technol. Lett. (2022) https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.estlett.2c00599.
  20. Peng, Z. et al. Significant Production of Ozone from Germicidal UV Lights at 222 nm. Environ. Sci. Technol. Lett. (2023), 10, 668-674.
  21. Link, M. F. et al. Ozone generation from a Germicidal Ultraviolet lamp with Peak Emission at 222 nm. Environ. Sci. Technol. Lett. (2023), 10, 675-679.
  22. Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases (NCIRD), Division of Viral Diseases. Community, Work, and School: Ventilation in Buildings. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/ventilation.html (2023).

Air Quality References

  1. Batterman, S. Review and Extension of CO2-Based Methods to Determine Ventilation Rates with Application to School Classrooms. Int J Environ Res Public Health 14, 145 (2017).
  2. Zhu, S. et al. Ventilation and laboratory confirmed acute respiratory infection (ARI) rates in college residence halls in College Park, Maryland. Environ Int 137, 105537 (2020).
  3. Nazaroff, W. W. and Weschler C. J. Indoor Ozone: Concentrations and influencing factors. Indoor Air 32 (1), e12942.
  4. Environment Protection Agency (EPA) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (80 FR 65292). Environmental Protection Agency (2015).
  5. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards 1910, Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1910 subpart Z, Air contaminants 1910.1000. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor. Washington, DC, USA.
  6. WHO global air quality guidelines. Particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), ozone, nitrogen dioxide, sulfur dioxide and carbon monoxide. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2021. Licence: CC BY-NCSA 3.0 IGO.
  7. Jerret, M. et al. Long-Term Ozone Exposure and Mortality. N Engl J Med 360, 1085-1095 (2009).
  8. Lim, C. C. et al. Long-Term Exposure to Ozone and Cause-Specific Mortality Risk in the United States. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med 200 (8), 1022-1031 (2019).
  9. Bell, M. L. et al. The exposure-response curve for ozone and risk of mortality and the adequacy of current ozone regulations. Environ Health Perspect. 114, 532-536 (2006).
  10. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices. ACGIH; Cincinnati: 2022.
  11. International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). Guidelines on limits of exposure to ultraviolet radiation of wavelengths between 180 nm and 400 nm (incoherent optical radiation). Health Physics, 87 (2), 171-186 (2004).
  12. Morawska, L. et al. Ambient nano and ultrafine particles from motor vehicle emissions: characteristics, ambient processing and implications on human exposure. Atmos. Environ. 42, 8113- 8138 (2008).

Other Ventilation Technologies

In the context of UV ventilation the discussions always tend to drift towards other technologies. The following is an assessment of the other technologies.

1. Ionizers: The Philadelphia school district purchased thousands of room ionizers. Their system is based on the contagion mitigation ventilation approach selected by NASA for the space shuttle, and it worked for NASA. The problem is that the space shuttle is a small closed system. Classrooms have doors that open and close, people move in an out constantly, HVAC systems are running, and the rooms are much larger than the space shuttle. It is unclear what happens to the IONS when the children move in and out of the space, the door is open and what is the ION production rate for a 30x30x10 foot space. Without knowing the ION production and loss rate the system cannot be trusted to do what it is supposed to do. The eACH levels are unclear.

2. UV Induct Systems: Thousands of schools purchased UV systems, but they were in-duct UV systems. These systems are great for keeping the HVAC ducts clean, they might improve filtration performance, but they do nothing for the space where an infected person is releasing an airborne contagion and it is just lingering there because the ACH is low. The schools were sold systems that did not address their critical need of cleaning the classroom air. Proposed legislation was offered which included a proper education / standards component. The resulting legislation only took the cost estimate of $120 billion and passed it to the schools with no oversight. The result was friends and family just sold stuff / snake oil to the local school boards. These systems provide 0 eACH in a room.

3. In room Sanitizers: They are portable, so the motors and physical structure are small. The problem with these systems is that they are too small for classrooms (< 1-2 ACH). They are okay for a small personal office. When the max setting is selected, which is what is needed for the high CFM levels, they are too noisy. This is why HVAC fans are not in occupied rooms. These systems are viewed as a last ditch alternative with the thinking that any low level ACH is better than nothing. The problem is that this instills false confidence. We know from empirical data that people get infected when ACH is 1 or less. The current CDC guideline for all rooms is 5 ACH. These systems provide 1 - 2 ACH.

4. Classroom Unit Ventilators: These are designed for classroom use and they are a proven approach to ventilation. They existed in the 1960's and 1970's and fell out of favor when central HVAC systems started to move into the infrastructure. These units however move a large amount of air that can be easily filtered and are very quiet. They can easily achieve 12 ACH in a classroom.

5. Ceiling Level UV systems: These systems are recommended by the CDC and the National Academy of Sciences. They are used in industrial and hospital settings. There are companies that have surfaced that need to be closely vetted. The piece parts are very low cost ~ 10% the cost of a turnkey product. These systems can provide 12+ ACH in a room.

6. FAR UV systems. These systems illuminate an entire space. FAR UV systems, while new, fall into the same category as Ceiling Level UV systems in terms of research and reasonable performance expectations. However, the prices have significantly gone up. The vendors are killing the market before it has even been established. Because of this one vendor https://www.rzero.com is offering to lease systems which includes maintenance and management. These systems can provide 12+ ACH in a room.

7. HVAC Mechanical Ventilation: This can work if the system is properly sized, designed, operated, and maintained. The problem is that the duct work in many buildings is too small to handle the new FAN sizes needed for the new ventilation rates. They also have been compromised because only CO2 poisoning is the primary concern and comfort level is the secondary concern. There is no concern for lowering the risk of airborne contagions except in hospital settings where there is a special ASHRAE hospital standard based on the CDC ACH hospital guidelines. Research also suggests that most facilities are poorly operated and maintained. These systems typically run at 1 - 2 ACH because they cycle. When they are placed in fan mode they typically run 3 - 5 ACH. Special systems systems can provide 60 ACH.

8. Exhaust Fans: Exhaust fans are great at ventilating small and large spaces. When properly applied they can easily achieve 60+ ACH and 100 ACH is possible. Once again people do irrational things and the Philadelphia school district purchased cheap window exhaust fans that move little to no air and only provided what management thought was a good damage control solution. When sized properly, which is an easy exercise, the problem is that the air is not conditioned and will bring in hot, cold, humid, and or polluted air.

9. Nano Particle Sprays: Basically, nana particles encase decontamination agents that slowly release the agents over time. The idea is that the particles attach to walls, ceilings, and other surfaces and poof a release occurs at different times from each of these particles. Systems assessment: too new, uneven application will yield uneven performance levels, very high risk. The eACH levels are unclear.

10. Natural Ventilation: Natural ventilation is based on open windows, open doors, and building wind tunnels. It is an excellent ventilation approach for some regions of the world. Unfortunately climate dictates when and where natural ventilation can be used today. It also requires people who understand the importance of ventilation and know when to open the windows. We may find that new architectures in the 21st century may use natural ventilation using building wind tunnels, intelligent windows with filtration mixed with mechanical, UV, and other ventilation approaches to provide healthy room air and low carbon footprints. Natural ventilation can provide 37+ ACH.

These are links to some of the systems research:

back to TOC


Systems and Building Commissioning

Building Commissioning is the process of ensuring that a building performs according to its intended design (system verification) and satisfies the needs of its owners and occupants (system validation). Commissioning of existing buildings and more specifically the energy consuming mechanical, electrical, and control systems is critical to ensure energy efficient operation. The benefits of commissioning new and existing buildings have energy efficiency improvements of 5% to 30% for a wide range of building uses. Additional benefits include extended equipment life, increased tenant satisfaction through improved space comfort, improved indoor air quality, and fewer operations and maintenance emergency calls. [1]

The payback periods are typically less than 2 years and often less than 0.5 year. [1]

The commissioning process is the integrated application of a set of engineering techniques and procedures to check, inspect and test every operational component of the building: from individual functions up to complex amalgamations such as modules, subsystems and systems. In the systems engineering field this is known as Verification, Validation, and Operations. The building commissioning process should begin during the planning stages of a new building design or new equipment installation. [1] [2] However, the vast majority of buildings have never been commissioned. They violate basic systems engineering practices.

In spite of the evidence of significant benefits, very few new buildings undergo a complete commissioning process. Instead, new buildings are typically turned over to the building operating staff with operating problems, incomplete documentation, and minimal operator training for building specific equipment.These same problems occur with major equipment installations. Further, during building and equipment operations the overall efficiency of mechanical systems degrades as sensors drift, short-term adjustments are made, tenant needs change, etc. Even after adjustments are made, perhaps through a one time recommissioning effort, performance degradation is continuous. [1] This is what happens on projects where systems engineering is rejected as part of very poor management usually driven by hidden stakeholder schemes. For one possible explanation of why Building Commissioning is not happening see reference [6].

HVAC Building Commissioning Measures

The following are HVAC related Existing Building Commissioning measures: [1]

Commissioning is often misunderstood to focus solely on testing during the end of the construction phase. However, Whole Building Commissioning is a collaborative process for planning, delivering, and operating buildings to work as the Customer and Designer intended. Commissioning begins with project planning and includes design, construction, start-up, acceptance and training and warranty phase services. The goals of the commissioning process are to: [1]

  1. Define, document, and maintain a clearly stated set of measurable integrated system performance requirements throughout the design and construction of the project
  2. Verify and document compliance with these requirements at each completion milestone
  3. Establish a clear set of tasks, deliverables, and schedule milestones for every member of the commissioning team to drive building delivery to a successful conclusion
  4. Demonstrate and document effective integrated buildings performance through a rigorous process of system testing
  5. Verify that operation and maintenance personnel and occupants are properly trained
  6. Provide documentation, training tools, and building performance metrics that will allow the staff to sustain High Performance Building systems over the life of the building

This is in essence the systems engineering perspective applied to buildings. [1]

Continuous Building Commisioning

Building Commissioning is the systematic process of ensuring that building systems are designed, built, operated, and maintained as intended. Continuous Building Commisioning is the systemmatic process of ensuring that building systems are operated, maintained, and upgraded or retrofitted as intended over the full operation life of the building. The following definitions provide more insight.

Commissioning is the initial setup and tuning of a building’s systems to meet the needs of the owner(s) and their tenants after the building is first built.

Recommissioning is like commissioning, but is done when structures have already been built, usually when there is a change in ownership, use, or the building experiences a significant drop in performance.

Retrocommissioning is the application of the commissioning process to existing buildings, with a focus on improving how building systems and equipment function in connection with one another.

Continuous Commissioning is the ongoing review and tuning of a building’s systems over the long term. It is the regular and consistent checking of what a building is doing to ensure that there are no unnecessary energy inefficiencies and that the building is a safe and healthy environment.

Continuous Building Commissioning Ventilation Guidelines

The ventilation related elements of building commissioning fall under the category of meeting the building requirements. Unfortunately building occupant ventilation requirements trace to commercial standards that are based on comfort levels except for hospital settings where ventilation is addressed. Further the building commissioning documents do not emphasize the need to maintain healthy ventilation levels. Instead the focus is to ensure properly maintained and operated systems primarily for energy efficiency. There are suggestions that properly maintained and operated systems are rare and there is a need for continuous commissioning, however, the driver is maximizing energy efficiency to reduce costs rather than to also ensure health of the occupants. The 2024 CDC guideline for ventilation is to provide 5+ Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) in all rooms.

The Whole Building Commissioning Process Manual [1] provides guidance on building commissioning and can be used as a model for others engaged in Building Commissioning. It includes a section for the HVAC system and a line item for HVAC Ventilation/Exhaust Systems. The Continuous Building Commissioning Ventilation Guidelines can be added to the sections and categories such as HVAC Ventilation/Exhaust Systems: General exhaust, toilet exhaust, laboratory exhaust, isolation exhaust, room pressurization control systems. They fall under the category of Ventilation. So the updated HVAC Ventilation/Exhaust Systems section would include:

The following are healthy ventilation guidelines that should be added to any Building Commissioning guidelines, practices, and procedures:

  1. Per CDC guideline, turn on the ventilation system 1-2 hours before occupants arrive.
  2. Do not immediately turn off ventilation system after occupants leave, wait 1-2 hours.
  3. Replace batteries in thermostats so that displays are always visible.
  4. Fix any broken fans so that they operate.
  5. Make sure vents are not blocked and have a 6 foot clearance.
  6. Open any closed dampers and vents because of previous complaints of hot or cold air.
  7. Adjust or change vent types so that there are no complaints but keep the vents open.
  8. Post signs to turn on the system fans and provide simple instructions.
  9. Post certificates at each thermostat showing last maintenance date and average ACH (air changes per hour) level.
  10. Per CDC guideline, all rooms should have a minimum of 5 ACH.
  11. Place streamers on all the vents to show occupants that the system is running.
  12. Fix areas that have zero and low ACH ventilation readings.
  13. Ensure filters are clean and do not restrict airflow.
  14. Let staff measure ventilation rates as part of a daily routine.
  15. Submit the ventilation data to a database for comparison and trend analysis
  16. Establish and use Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators

The reason for a separate set of Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators is because the Continuous Building Commissioning process is much more inclusive and complex and will be executed less frequently than the Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators, which are narrowly focused on just the HVAC system. [3] The following is an example of what can be part of Continuous Building Commissioning Ventilation guidelines, practices, and procedures: Continuous Building Commissioning Ventilation Guidelines PDF

References:

[1] Whole Building Commissioning Process Manual, May 1, 2013 minor revisions 11/01/2013, US Department of Veterans Affairs Office of Construction and Facilities Management. webpage 2024 https://www.cfm.va.gov/til/cx-rcx/cxmanual.pdf . local

[2]  Chapter 7 Commissioning Existing Buildings, US Department of Energy Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. webpage 2024 https://www1.eere.energy.gov/femp/pdfs/OM_7.pdf . local, Full document - Operations & Maintenance Best Practices A Guide to Achieving Operational Efficiency, Release 3.0, U.S. Department of Energy, August 2010 https://www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2020/04/f74/omguide_complete_w-eo-disclaimer.pdf . local

[3] See Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators QIDC.

[4] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020. (Bibliography with 142 references)

[5] Privatization a Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2019. ISBN: 978-0983253068. (bibliography with 82 references)

[6] See section: Rise of Business Schools and MBAs Impacts in the Project 2025 Stakeholder Analysis - Climate Change section.

back to TOC


Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators

Quality improvement indicators are used to detect how well current systems are working, allow for comparisons between entities, enable assessments of improvement over time, and improve transparency. They are a fundamental tool associated with effective Quality Programs. Contrary to what some assume, they are not just found in health care settings, they are found in all important systems and they are a key systems engineering tool that is part of the systems engineering specialty area known as Quality Assurance and Assessment.

Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators (QII) are used to assess and maintain ventilation quality levels in all facilities and transportation systems. A Ventilation QII is based on checklists that are used to check the ventilation status of a building. The checklists are used to populate a database that allows building operators to understand what is happening with the building ventilation system and perform effective operational changes, maintenance, and upgrades.

Background

Most assume that periodic HVAC vendor visits is all that is needed to ensure maximum ventilation system performance but that is not the case. Research suggests that showing building managers and users how to properly operate and check the ventilation system between HVAC vendor visits is critical. To accomplish this a set of ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators (QIIs) is suggested. A ventilation QII is the best approach for ensuring that the ventilation system is working properly and that there is real data to support proper system upgrades.

We check our water in our water delivery systems. We check our effluent in sanitation plants. Why are we not checking the ventilation performance levels in our facilities? The weakest link in any system is not the machinery, it is the people and people are always part of all systems. In mission critical systems engineering there are 2 old sayings: (1) trust but verify and (2) never trust anyone instead develop a system to protect the people from themselves. Based on these very important system concepts a Ventilation QII provides the following:

Research Findings

Ventilation is measured in terms of Air Changes per Hour (ACH) for mechanical systems or Equivalent ACH (eACH) for Ultraviolet (UV) based systems. The higher the ACH level the lower the risk of infection from airborne contagions. The mechanical Heating Ventilation and Cooling (HVAC) systems and UV systems are the primary approaches used to ventilate buildings.

The Ventilation QII approach surprisingly surfaced from healthcare workers, things are not as good as we may think in healthcare facilities. Facility ventilation rates dropped in the 1970's with the energy crisis. Facility ventilation rates dropped more in the 1980's when cigarette smoking was banned in buildings. One model suggests that there may not have been a COVID-19 epidemic in the USA if the ventilation rates were in place prior to the 1970s. Many buildings have poor maintenance with closed off vents, failed fans, or poor operations where the system is turned off when people are present. Many buildings have systems that are too small. It is important to ensure the ventilation system is being properly operated and maintained to maximize the ACH and eACH levels in a facility. Once the ventilation system is being properly operated and maintained then the ventilation levels can be measured and assessed. We have a research database of over 2900 buildings and this is how they are characterized.

Facility Type

Percent
(database)

Ventilation Levels

Maintenance

Operations

Elite

10%

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Medium

8%

Lower

Excellent

Excellent

Low

82%

Lower

Poor

Excellent

Low

Lower

Excellent

Poor

Very Low

None

Poor

Poor

Facility Types

Most facilities are in the Low End categories. Proper indicators are critical to ensure effective room ventilation. Indicators like air quality particle sensors and CO2 monitors instill false confidence because they do not provide the room Air Changes per Hour (ACH) level. The only way to determine the ACH level in a room is to measure the air Feet Per Minute (FPM) from each vent and calculate the ACH level using the total vent surface area, FPM, and room cubic feet. The one variable that changes is FPM and it is based on operations, maintenance, and occupant actions. A Ventilation QII captures this key performance.

References:

[1] See Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicators QIDC.

back to TOC


Potential Research Projects

In 2006 Cassbeth began to investigate Global Warming. This directly resulted in new textbooks and new University Level courses on systems engineering with sustainability as one of the major themes in the books and the courses. Since 2008 university level students have benefited from this research and work. In 2020 with the outbreak of COVID-19, Cassbeth began research on the disaster and quickly focused on airborne infection and facility ventilation to mitigate airborne infection. In 2023 Cassbeth began to investigate Climate Change Action Plans and the two areas of Cassbeth research merged. There is a direct relationship between facility ventilation levels, risk of infection, and ventilation carbon footprint. With this intersection the following research projects are proposed.

1. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

Quality Improvement Indicators (QII) are used to detect how well current systems are working, allow for comparisons between entities, enable assessments of improvement over time, and improve transparency. They are a fundamental tool associated with effective Quality Programs. Contrary to what some assume, they are not just found in health care settings, they are found in all important systems and they are a key systems engineering tool that is part of the systems engineering specialty area known as Quality Assurance and Assessment.

The Ventilation and Carbon Footprint QII applied research project will use focus groups to develop effective QIIs that can be used in various facilities across the infrastructure to assess both ventilation and carbon footprints. This will include the development of an effective software platform to implement the QIIs. The software is a key element in implementing effective QIIs because of the amount of data that is collected in large facilities like a University.

There is an existing body of work that this research will build upon and it is located at: QIDC

The initial research will focus on a large University Campus.

2. Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Alarms System Applied Research Project

A building ventilation system is a life support system and if it does not work properly people will be harmed. Respiratory contagions are spread by inhaled aerosols. Outdoors, dilution of aerosols are infinite although the time it takes to dilute clouds of aerosol depends on air movement. Indoors, aerosols linger much longer than outdoors, often long enough to be inhaled by someone sharing the same space. If one breathes in an indoor setting where other people are also breathing, if the ventilation is poor, they will breathe in some of the air that someone else exhaled. Ventilation is the way that the risk of indoor airborne infection is reduced.

One of the challenges of existing HVAC systems is that sensors are placed far from individual room ventilation grills leading to incorrect status. Also the status is hidden from the building occupants and so there is no indication to room occupants if the ventilation levels are degraded. Further many facilities have outsourced their ventilation system energy needs leading to system ventilation compromises.

This applied research project will develop a system that allows users to understand their buildings ventilation and alert occupants to possible ventilation issues in the same way that carbon monoxide and smoke detectors alert occupants to carbon monoxide and fire hazards. There is a direct link between ventilation levels and carbon footprint. This system will also report the carbon footprint associated with the realtime measurements of the ventilation levels. The system consists of new ventilation measurement grills, external interfaces to UV and HVAC systems, databases, manual and automated data input mechanisms, rules processor, risk benefit levels, building certificates and reports. Data is input into the system and subjected to a rules processor and risk benefit levels. The data is stored in a database and available for generating reports and building certificates. The data for each unique assessed space is optionally stored in a global database housing multiple assessments for comparison. All status, control, and data is accessible via the Internet as part of the Internet of Things (IoT).

There is an existing body of work that this research will build upon and it is located at: Airborne Contagion Assessment Ventilation Alarms System

There is a specification with design level requirements.

The initial focus of this research is to develop the following hardware and software:

  1. External Ventilation Vents and Grills Measurement with Alarms
  2. System Software that reports ACH and Carbon Footprint

Follow on research will develop the following hardware and software:

  1. Embedded Ventilation Measurement Vents and Grills with Alarms
  2. Room Ventilation Rate and Status Panels with Alarms
  3. Building Ventilation Rate and Status Panels with Alarms
  4. System Software that reports ACH and Carbon Footprint

3. Realtime Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator Applied Research Project

This project will build on top of two other research projects: (1) Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator and (2) Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Alarms System. With the realtime sensors available realtime data will be collected and compared with the manual data collected with the Ventilation and Carbon Footprint Quality Improvement Indicator project. The project will instrument 30+ rooms. Based on the findings a mass production design of the External Ventilation Vents and Grills Measurement with Alarms device will be finalized.

There is an existing body of work that this research will build upon and it is located at: Airborne Contagion Assessment Ventilation Alarms System and QIDC

The initial research will focus on a large University Campus.

4. Ventilation Test and Evaluation Applied Research Project

All across the country facility managers have been asked to address their ventilation needs. However, all they are able to do is to comply with local codes typically driven by existing standards. Facility managers have found that old buildings from the 1920's, 30s, 40s, and 50s that were retrofitted in the past have great ventilation far surpassing modern buildings and existing standards. Facility ventilation levels have been dropping since the energy crisis in the 1970's. When cigarette smoking was banned, once again, facility ventilation dropped. Recently sustainability requirements rolling out across the country are further lowering ventilation levels in buildings. Evidence suggests that respiratory diseases are a result of these massive engineering trends. We now have COVID-19 and it appears that it will be endemic and we must determine new ventilation rates that must be placed into new standards moving forward.

The testing in this research project uses operational room settings that physically represent the real world as closely as possible. The purpose of the testing is to examine various virus mitigation approaches (mechanical, UV, ION, Natural, etc.) and quantify the results in the same way that the results are quantified for Goldberg Drum and other test approaches except, once again, the testing uses real world operational rooms and settings.

The testing continuously releases virus or simulated virus into a room with sufficient levels so that test instrumentation can gather data and develop results. This is contrary to most other testing where a space is subjected to contagion for a short period of time (step function) and then decay rates and aerosol cloud paths are observed. The continuous release of a contagion represents a real-world operational setting.

The intent is to establish a set of standard tests that can be consistently performed across all operational settings. Each test will measure the contagion load as a function of time in various locations in a room with various total ACH levels and report the minimum, maximum, and average virus load readings in a summary table.

There is an existing body of work that this research will build upon and it is located at: Proposed Ventilation Test and Evaluation Program

The initial focus of this research is University Facilities.

Applied Research and Development

Fundamental research or pure research is research that everyone acknowledges may not lead to immediate benefits other than increasing the body of knowledge in a particular area. Fundamental research tends to be performed in universities and non-profit organizations with a research charter. Fundamental research is vetted by peers that are spread across the world. Publication is how fundamental research is vetted. This process by its very nature is slow. Because this vetting is long and complex it is critical to ensure that the research is backed up by significant amounts of data. One mistake in the data will cause the research to go back to the beginning of the publication and vetting process. This delay can take years so years are spent internally vetting the research to ensure that it is rock solid.

Applied Reseach and Development

Applied research deals with solving practical problems. These problems may be the result of market analysis or other system needs analysis. It also may be the result of inspiration while engaged in or examining fundamental research. However, the purpose of applied research is always to further some practical goal. This is in contrast to basic fundamental research, which is to discover new phenomena or new ideas of general interest.

In the last century companies had applied research labs that fed the industrial base with the next generation markets and products. The labs were shed and disconnected from companies that provided these labs with revenue streams but more importantly a connection to the production and distribution challenges [1]. Today it is believed that venture capital firms and angel investors fill this void, however that is a severe misconception [2]. These entities are only interested in revenue streams NOT solving problems and creating new markets. That is why it has taken so long for new climate change products and systems to surface. What would have been a trivial applied research project in the last century that would lead to new products and systems is now a massive challenge because there are no funding sources and more importantly no ability to quickly organize appropriate capability to quickly complete the applied research and begin development.

As the applied research labs were shed from the companies, more research dollars appeared in the Universities. The big question is what is the role of Universities in applied research? For example can a University take on the proposed research projects in this section? If not the Universities, then who? Venture capital is not interested in these types of projects. Companies are not interested in these types of projects. Yet there is a strong need for these projects as evidenced by the COVID-19 disaster that shutdown whole societies for 2 years [1].

Applied Research Labs

Applied research labs were funded and controlled by companies in the previous century. They provided products and systems that addressed the massive needs of the commercial and industrial base that resulted in our modern civilization. The following is a small sampling of the contributions from these research labs.

References

[1] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

[2] The Secret History of Silicon Valley, Steve Blank, www.steveblank.com . https://steveblank.com/secret-history, 2023.

back to TOC


University Level Courses

In 2005 Cassbeth developed a tool to analyze specifications (SAT) that evolved to include analyzing all other documents (GDA). It was used used to analyze multiple policy documents including documents associated with global warming like the Stern Review and U.S. global warming policy documents. [1] [2] [3] [4] GDA was used in 2023 to analyze the Drexel University 2021-2022 course catalog [5] that is available on their website for courses associated in some form with climate change. The PDF files were converted to MS word files and then saved as text files. The reports are at the following links:

Note: At the link scroll down to Analysis Results, also look at the Metrics.

Graduate Quarter Courses 170 courses but 3 are false positives, 6 climate change courses . All Hits By Department

Undergraduate Quarter Courses 149 courses but 4 are false positives, 15 climate change courses . All Hits By Department

Graduate Semester Courses 11 courses . All Hits By Department

Undergraduate Semester Courses 0 courses . All Hits By Department 1 course

There are a total of 333 courses related to climate change and 21 climate change courses. There are probably missed results and more false positives. Typically this analysis iterates with multiple passes of rule updates based on each new analysis pass. This analysis made only one pass. The General Document Analysis (GDA) tool is available for free. GDA information and download.

There are 2 other Drexel catalogs that are available for analysis and they are associated with engineering courses. There will be some overlap with the full catalogs but it appears that there are more courses listed in the engineering catalogs. This analysis used text files saved directly from the PDF. This unbundled the table row entries that were found in these PDF files into standalone lines rather than a single line. This allowed each course to be identified.

Graduate Quarter Engineering Courses 31 courses but 4 are false positives.  Majors and Courses . All Hits By Majors

Undergraduate Quarter Engineering Courses 87 courses but 10 are false positives.  Majors and Courses . All Hits By Majors

There are 104 engineering courses related to sustainable development but 0 climate change courses.

The next question is how many courses are associated with ventilation and airborne contagions.

Ventilation Graduate Quarter 2 ventilation and 6 infection related hits / courses by department

Ventilation Undergraduate Quarter 4 ventilation and 3 infection related hits / courses by department

Ventilation Graduate Semester 1 ventilation and 10 infection related hits / courses by department

There are 7 ventilation hits / courses and 19 infection related hits / courses.

Compared to sustainable development and climate change there are very few courses associated with ventilation and airborne infections.

References

[1] Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), 2006. https://models.pbl.nl/image/index.php/IPCC,_2006

[2] GREEN PAPER A European Strategy for Sustainable, Competitive and Secure Energy, COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, Brussels, 8.3.2006. https://europa.eu/documents/comm/green_papers/pdf/com2006_105_en.pdf

[3] Stern Review: The Economics of Climate Change, 30 October 2006, release by Her Majesty’s Treasury of the UK Government. Published in January 2007 by Cambridge University Press. https://biotech.law.lsu.edu/blog/sternreview_report_complete.pdf

[4] U.S. Climate Change Technology Program STRATEGIC PLAN, U.S. Department of Energy (Lead-Agency), September 2006. https://downloads.globalchange.gov/cctp/CCTP-StratPlan-Sep-2006.pdf

[5] Drexel University Course Catalog 2021-2022, https://deptapp08.drexel.edu/catalog/archive/2021-archives-index.htm, 2023.

[6] K-12 Ventilation Lesson Plans, Cassbeth, 2023. K-12 course content.

back to TOC


Climate Change University Masters Degree Programs

The following is a sampling of climate change masters degree programs. The text descriptions of the programs are selected extracts from the respective websites.

Australian National University Master of Climate Change

Choosing a Master of Climate Change at Australia's national university equips you with the knowledge and understanding to tackle one of the world’s most vital challenges. It is the ideal degree if your current role intersects with climate issues and you are seeking to broaden and deepen your knowledge to move up to the next career level. And there is no better qualification if you are transitioning professionally and looking for a career change that enables you to make a real difference. You will study core topics such as: domestic and international climate policy and economics; climate change science and policy including vulnerability and adaptation; and research methods for complex environmental problems and environmental management. Choose from electives in climatology, ecological systems, sustainable development, resource management, economic approaches, law and engineering.

Northern Arizona University Master’s in Climate Science & Solutions

The Climate Science & Solutions (CSS) Professional Science Master’s program combines a foundation of climate science and sustainable systems studies with professional training and organizational skills to help graduates succeed in the growing climate industry. Meet our Faculty & Staff or check out program highlights below.

NAU is a leader in higher education for sustainability and a founding signee of the American College & University Presidents’ Climate Commitment (ACUPCC) and the Second Nature Carbon Pledge in 2007. NAU is proud of the City of Flagstaff Climate Emergency Declaration and its leadership within our community. We are focused on community engagement to ensure that we create a plan that reflects the current needs of our greater campus community.

Antioch University MS in RMA, Sustainable Development and Climate Change

The Sustainable Development and Climate Change (SDCC) is a trans-disciplinary program of study that prepares students to take a leadership role in managing and coordinating the required resources to address the complex environmental challenges in the context of a changing climate.

London School of Economics and Political Science MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Change

This programme aims to deliver a well-developed understanding of the economics, science and policies associated with climate change, as well as a broad foundation in environmental and resource economics. It delves into the conceptual economic foundations and the practical tools of analysis, including state-of-the-art quantitative methods.

University of Oxford MSc in Environmental Change and Management

The MSc aims to give you a broad appreciation of the major processes of environmental change and of the people and institutions involved in environmental management. The course seeks to produce environmental leaders who are interdisciplinary and analytical in their approach to environmental issues, and competent and aware decision makers.

UC San Diego Multiple Programs

Environmental Systems Program: Four majors and a minor are available to prepare undergraduates to enter a broad spectrum of environmental careers and graduate programs in natural sciences, social sciences, public policy, law and business.

Climate Change Studies Minor: This minor degree program provides an understanding of climate change's scientific, social, political and economic dimensions. It involves students in developing solutions such as greenhouse gas mitigation strategies, climate adaptation projects and educational approaches.

Climate Change and Human Solutions Major: This innovative major focuses on the social and cultural processes associated with climate change. It gives students the knowledge, real-world skills and hands-on learning opportunities to collaborate with communities in designing solutions that work.

Climate Action Scholars Program: This School of Social Sciences initiative provides a two-course sequence examining the historical, structural and cultural roots of the climate crisis, its effects across diverse communities and ecologies and the creative ways local people respond and build collective resilience.

Program for Interdisciplinary Environmental Research (PIER): This minor degree program provides an understanding of climate change's scientific, social, political and economic dimensions. It involves students in developing solutions such as greenhouse gas mitigation strategies, climate adaptation projects and educational approaches.

Cornell CALS Climate Change and Agriculture MPS Concentration

The Climate Change and Agriculture concentration within the Integrative Plant Science MPS provides a solid foundation in the diverse sciences we need to solve the greatest challenge of our times. You will learn about climate science, climate change mitigation and adaptation with respect to global cropping systems and sustainable development, biogeochemistry, soil nutrient and carbon cycling, and science policy. You will become proficient in handling and analyzing remote sensing data and in ecosystem modeling. Your experience and skills will help you stand out from the crowd when searching for climate change related positions in government, NGO and private sectors.

back to TOC


Course Recommendations

This brief review of courses suggests that there are no courses addressing the tradeoffs, challenges, and approaches to maximize healthy ventilation and minimize carbon footprint.

Proposed new course: Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint.

There is an interesting Drexel University course that surfaced in the analysis:

PSY 352 Psychology of Sustainability. In this course, we will examine the multidisciplinary study of the interrelationship between human behavior and the natural, built, and social environments. We will address how psychological theory and research is applicable to promoting a sustainable future and explore psychological aspects of the reciprocal relationship between humans and the rest of the natural world.

This is an interesting find because there is a psychology of ventilation that should be explored based on the COVID-19 Research From a Systems Perspective findings. The details will be offered in section: Psychology of Ventilation. It is a long and complex finding.

Proposed new course: Psychology of Healthy Ventilation.

This begs the question: should there be K-12 course content associated with Healthy Ventilation to teach this new generation what their grandparents knew after the flu epidemic at the start of the 20th century and should it be linked with existing climate change content? The suggestion is yes because healthy ventilation and climate change tools like reduced CO2 levels and technologies are linked. The following is a list of potential K-12 Ventilation Lesson Plans that can be applied in classroom settings and as part of STEM activities associated with ventilation.

Proposed K-12 Lesson Plans

  1. SYSVE-101 Fresh Air. This lesson will introduce the students to air. They will learn that we breathe in oxygen and exhale carbon dioxide while plants use our carbon dioxide and release oxygen. We use oxygen to live and plants use carbon dioxide to live. They will learn that air consists of other gasses, dust, plant pollen and micro organisms some of which can make us sick. They will learn about sources of fresh air so that we stay healthy. Grades 1-3. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days, total 3 hrs.

  2. SYSVE-102 Anemometers. This lesson will introduce the students to anemometers. The students will learn about instruments that measure ventilation rates with a focus on anemometers. They will learn how to use anemometers and the information that they provide. They will measure wind speeds using anemometers and they will be shown how they can use anemometers to measure ventilation levels in a room. Grades 4-7. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days, total 3 hrs.

  3. SYSVE-103 Fresh Air Schools. This lesson will introduce the students to fresh air schools from the 1900s. The students will learn about the fresh air school movement from the early 1900s and how these schools helped children with tuberculosis. The students will become aware of the impact of fresh air schools on the introduction of forced air heating and cooling to lower the spread of indoor airborne infections. They will become aware of different school architectures and the ventilation challenges of new schools and the desire to reduce carbon foot prints. Grades 4-5, 6-12. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days, total 3 hrs.

  4. SYSVE-104 Natural Ventilation. This lesson will introduce the students to natural ventilation. The students will learn how natural ventilation works and where it is best applied. They will be exposed to different building architectures that use natural ventilation. The students will learn what to expect in terms of Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) from natural ventilation and how it can be measured. Grades 6-8, 9-12. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days total 3 hrs.

  5. SYSVE-105 Measuring Mechanical Ventilation Rates. This lesson will introduce the students to mechanical ventilation. The students will learn how mechanical ventilation works. They will be exposed to different mechanical ventilation vents and grills and different mechanical ventilation approaches. The students will learn what to expect in terms of Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) from mechanical ventilation and how it can be measured. Grades 4-5, 6-8, 9-12. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days total 3 hrs.

  6. SYSVE-106 Capturing School Classroom ventilation data. This lesson will introduce the students to mechanical ventilation. The students will learn how mechanical ventilation works. They will be exposed to different mechanical ventilation vents and grills and different mechanical ventilation approaches. The students will learn what to expect in terms of Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) from mechanical ventilation and how it can be measured. The students will work in teams to produce a final report that documents ventilation performance. Grades 9-12. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days total 3 hrs.

  7. SYSVE-107 Ventilation Approaches and Sustainability. This lesson will introduce the students to ventilation approaches and their impacts on sustainability. The students will learn the various energy demands from various ventilation approaches. Students will be exposed to the concept of internal and external sustainability. The students will engage in a team activity to discuss what they think should happen with ventilation in this century. Grades 9-12. Duration: 1hr/day for 3 days total 3 hrs. Prerequisite: SYSVE-105 or SYSVE-106

Lesson plans are available upon request at: K-12 Ventilation Lesson Plans.

back to TOC


Psychology of Ventilation

Climate change and facility ventilation share the same characteristics of being distant, invisible, and seeming to not directly affect the individual. In the case of climate change there is massive evidence presented in the public media that something is happening. It is easy for people to see and process the images of the negative effects of climate change. In the case of facility ventilation there is massive scientific and empirical evidence but it is not in the public media. The only aspect that is in the public media is the COVID-19 disaster. The COVID-19 disaster was directly heavily influenced by poor ventilation [1], but the connection is not in the mass mind or in the people charged with ensuring that facilities minimize health risks and deaths from those health risks.

The following are excerpts from VENTILATION: WHY does no one take it seriously [2]?

Excerpt Start

VENTILATION: WHY does no one take it seriously?

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8251269

companies in this field did not have good ventilation in their offices,

professors did not have it in their offices at all.

And today, the ventilation in new offices is still poor, and many have no ventilation.

200-300 universities lecturing about HVAC, but no one lecturer has a well-ventilated office.

The main thinking must be that ventilation may be needed in some industries or hospital settings. And even when it is needed, ventilation can be easily managed by opening windows.

Is ventilation being taught adequately?

most of the world, energy has been the top priority. And ventilation has always been seen as having a negative impact (as it means more energy being consumed).

The main problem is that ventilation has been mainly seen as an engineering problem, but in reality, it is a public health topic.

What was discussed ... in 1974? We had to reduce energy use in buildings, and the easiest way is to reduce ventilation. How to do it?

Natural ventilation needs no energy for fans, so perhaps that is the best solution? Sadly, natural ventilation has difficulties for controlling building tightness, with openings for inlet and outlet, controlled by wind speed and direction, and the temperature difference between indoor and outdoor. In reality, this means that the natural ventilation rate may be too high in a cold climate.

Mechanical ventilation is a very simple system with ducts, fans, and perhaps filters.

The main problem with such systems is that they need good design and maintenance.

So mechanical ventilation did not work, as no one cared about it. Just installing ducts and fans, …… and filters, that are not properly checked.

Can you trust an HVAC engineer?

ventilation is something that some companies make money on (by selling ducts, filters, fans…), but no one seems to realize, as I have, that it is important to make it work.

NO ONE CARES.

And of course, today ... students are not taught properly about ventilation.

universities with HVAC education…. [but have] NO functioning VENTILATION…

I am sorry I ever got into "ventilation"… no one takes it seriously!

Jan Sundell,
Former Editor-in-Chief of Indoor Air

I received this editorial contribution by email from our former Editor-in-Chief, Jan Sundell, on February 17, 2019. Jan probably wrote it from his hospital bed. To my regret, I did not submit his editorial on his behalf earlier. Indoor Air published an editorial "In Memory of Professor Jan Sundell (July 10, 1943-May 27, 2019)" (Indoor Air. 2019; 29:701-703). What would he do if he were with us in the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic? He warned us of the risk of poor ventilation in his life, in his publications, in his presentations, and during his many conversations with many of us. Why weren't we ready? While the world is combating the pandemic, I sincerely recommend this editorial to our readers for us to remember Jan’s life, work, and friendship on his second death anniversary.

Yuguo Li,
Editor-in-Chief of Indoor Air

Jan’s words ring so true in our Time of COVID-19. Over the summer of 2020, we assisted local school districts struggling to reopen. We found building management systems were dysfunctional, unit ventilators in a classroom being used as an extra shelf space with vents covered, and a basic lack of understanding about the importance of ventilation. Sadly, the only reliable way to provide a safe environment was to install supplemental air cleaners to provide higher clean air delivery.

In our current Aviation Public Health Initiative with airlines, airports, and aircraft manufacturers, we again had to demonstrate the importance of ventilation as a critical mitigation strategy, particular when mask wearing, and physical distancing were not enough. It took the evidence from measurements we made on airplanes and terminal buses to convince the air carriers and airport operators of the importance of ventilation. We made the case that high ventilation rates needed to be maintained throughout the gate-to-gate time on a plane.

Jan had a huge influence on our field on Indoor Science. He always seemed to be ahead of many of us. His influence is still present. My doctoral student Jose Cedeno demonstrated higher use of University Health Services for respiratory illnesses was associated with high occupancy of dorms. The earlier work of Jan and his colleagues at Tianjin University inspired us.

Jan’s living legacy and testimony to his vision and persistence are the China Children Health and Housing studies conducted in numerous Chinese cities. He has inspired a generation of students and young investigators to appreciate the health implications of indoor environments.

Jan’s friend, Jack Spengler,
Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health,
Cambridge

Jan was an extraordinary person. It is seen in the above text, probably one of his very last. He was a philosopher, yet a very pragmatic one. He did not follow the mainstream and had his opinions; they made you think. This is how I remember him when we first met in 1996, and he talked about the lost TVOC. Jan was passionate about public health. His passion was ventilation and big data, besides good jazz and few other things. He taught me (us) how to read and use scientific literature. His series of multidisciplinary reviews, unique at that time, laid the ground for new scientific developments. Jan wanted to collect big data. He believed that by monitoring in many places we would learn more. He launched studies in Europe, America, and Asia. Today, big data is a buzzword; back then, it was much more difficult to implement when he started. But he tried and made it happen. Jan had a special contact with students and young scientists; he promoted and introduced them to the big scientific world. I am privileged to be one of them. Jan believed that multidisciplinary research and especially focus on health were a way forward for indoor air field. We see today he was absolutely right. If only we had followed his advice on ventilation back then, we would be much better off today. We miss him….

Pawel Wargocki,
Technical University of Denmark, Lyngby,
President, ISIAQ Academy of Fellows

Excerpt End

The following are some case histories that have been captured with the COVID-19 Research From a Systems Perspective. It is not a complete list but it shows the challenges.

Case History Proposed Legislation: In 2020 CassBeth provided legislation to address the ventilation problems detected with the COVID-19 disaster. It was ignored until the Biden administration took office but the only aspect of the legislation that was adopted was the proposed funding of $110 billion to upgrade school ventilation systems. The money was provided with no oversight or regulations. As a result friends, relatives, and sales people sold snake oil to many school districts that did not address the poor ventilation levels.

This is a portion of the proposed legislation text:

The purpose of this legislation is to provide the funding to develop existing and new engineering based ventilation approaches and perform a ventilation test and evaluation effort using the best science and engineering available to determine what must be done to facilities to ensure that they are safe and potential virus infection is fully mitigated. It is anticipated that the engineering solutions are off the shelf and the primary effort will be in ventilation test and evaluation so that government certified specifications can be developed and then offered to the industrial base for implementations. The government certification will ensure that the best science and engineering has been used and that all legal liability issues are fully addressed so that industry can provide the safe solutions.

In order to allow schools to safely open as soon as possible, a minimum of $110 billion dollars shall be initially allocated to fund the upgrade of all public schools using the results of this effort.

Full Text

Case History Venture Capital: In 2023 CassBeth attended multiple venture capital venues to determine interest in an IP and prototype that alerts occupants to ventilation hazards like smoke detectors alert occupants to fire hazards. The venture capital community clearly stated over multiple meetings - we don't care what your product does all we care about is do you have a business model. Never mind addressing a critical need that shut down the world for 2 years. There was no interest, there was only interest in the latest hot tropic - AI. CassBeth concluded that the venture capital system was in the business of monetizing pet rocks not addressing critical needs with their access to massive capital and resources. The world I grew up in and provided my modern civilization did not care about business models and we knew it when we saw the Pet Rock sold in the 1970's suggesting as the previous generation knew - anything can be sold and money can be made on anything even a bucket of shit. Sorry for the strong language but that was the phrase used time and time again and that is why engineering and science was held in such regard - because engineering and science was known to be the long pole in the tent - it was hard. Monetizing, business models, and sales were viewed as trivial exercises. Yes you need people that know what they are doing but that is all that is needed - let the pet rock and shit sales begin. This last part of the assessment is beyond the ventilation mass mind challenges but is is equally important. It hits at the heart of our ability to quickly solve critical problems like the collision between climate change and ventilation. There is more discussion on this topic at: Systems Perspective.

Case History General Public: In 2023 CassBeth presented ventilation findings at a venue at Temple University to a general public audience. It was a classroom setting that had a fabulous view and school unit ventilators the length of 2 walls. Upon arrival the unit ventilators were turned off, they were turned on, were very quiet, and provided massive ventilation as the large air movement was felt with the hand. CassBeth presented its COVID-19 ventilation findings and the audience was impressed. It was pointed out that the classroom unit ventilators were off upon entry into the room and that Cassbeth turned them on using the manual rotary switch. No one in the audience turned to look at the unit ventilators. No one asked questions about the unit ventilators. The audience was essentially dead to the topic of ventilation even though they were directly put at risk at that venue but the facility had the proper infrastructure and the presenters knew what to do upon arrival in the room.

Case History Healthcare Workers Ignored: In 2023 CassBeth attended multiple venues and occasionally would meet healthcare workers. They all understood the connection between ventilation and airborne infection control. However, they were unable to affect needed changes in their facilities. They were all showing signs of the monkey in the cage syndrome - they were beaten back by their management chains. This personally affected a Cassbeth member who attended a healthcare facility with a family member. The healthcare facility had the ventilation turned off. It is part of a major regional healthcare system and the HVAC system is probably a demand control system that was outsourced to an energy company. The next day a call was received that the facility had a COVID-19 case. The Cassbeth member got COVID-19. Even though the Cassbeth member was fully vaccinated a call was made to the primary care physician and Paxlovid was perscribed. Paxlovid had an immediate positive effect, without it the hospital would have been scenario given the fast rise and severity of the illness (symptoms).

So what are scientists and engineers doing to address this ventilation challenge?

A Paradigm Shift to Combat Indoor Respiratory Infection [3] [4]

In May of 2021, 39 scientists published "A Paradigm Shift to Combat Indoor Respiratory Infection" calling for a paradigm shift in how citizens and government officials think about the quality of the air we breathe indoors. At some point in history this document will be referenced for decades.

ABSTRACT

There is great disparity in the way we think about and address different sources of environmental infection. Governments have for decades promulgated a large amount of legislation and invested heavily in food safety, sanitation, and drinking water for public health purposes. By contrast, airborne pathogens and respiratory infections, whether seasonal influenza or COVID-19, are addressed fairly weakly, if at all, in terms of regulations, standards, and building design and operation, pertaining to the air we breathe. We suggest that the rapid growth in our understanding of the mechanisms behind respiratory infection transmission should drive a paradigm shift in how we view and address the transmission of respiratory infections to protect against unnecessary suffering and economic losses. It starts with a recognition that preventing respiratory infection, like reducing waterborne or foodborne disease, is a tractable problem.

The following are key extracts from the paper, A Paradigm Shift to Combat Indoor Respiratory Infection.

There is great disparity in the way we think about and address different sources of environmental infection. Governments have for decades promulgated a large amount of legislation and invested heavily in food safety, sanitation, and drinking water for public health purposes. By contrast, airborne pathogens and respiratory infections, whether seasonal influenza or COVID-19, are addressed fairly weakly, if at all, in terms of regulations, standards, and building design and operation, pertaining to the air we breathe.

Most modern building construction has occurred subsequent to a decline in the belief that airborne pathogens are important. Therefore, the design and construction of modern buildings make few if any modifications for this airborne risk (other than for specialized medical, research, or manufacturing facilities, for example). Respiratory outbreaks have been repeatedly “explained away” by invoking droplet transmission or inadequate hand hygiene.

For decades, the focus of architects and building engineers was on thermal comfort, odor control, perceived air quality, initial investment cost, energy use, and other performance issues, whereas infection control was neglected. This could in part be based on the lack of perceived risk or on the assumption that there are more important ways to control infectious disease, despite ample evidence that healthy indoor environments with a substantially reduced pathogen count are essential for public health.

It is now known that respiratory infections are caused by pathogens emitted through the nose or mouth of an infected person and transported to a susceptible host.

Although the highest exposure for an individual is when they are in close proximity, community outbreaks for COVID-19 infection in particular most frequently occur at larger distances through inhalation of airborne virus laden particles in indoor spaces shared with infected individuals

There are ventilation guidelines, standards, and regulations to which architects and building engineers must adhere.

None of the documents provide recommendations or standards for mitigating bacteria or viruses in indoor air, originating from human respiratory activities. Therefore, it is necessary to reconsider the objective of ventilation to also address air pollutants linked to health effects and airborne pathogens.

There needs to be a shift in the perception that we cannot afford the cost of control, because economic costs of infections can be massive and may exceed initial infrastructure costs to contain them. The global monthly harm from COVID-19 has been conservatively assessed at $1 trillion ([internal ref]), but there are massive costs of common respiratory infections as well. In the United States alone, the yearly cost (direct and indirect) of influenza has been calculated at $11.2 billion; for respiratory infections other than influenza, the yearly cost stood at $40 billion.

We encourage several critical steps. First and foremost, the continuous global hazard of airborne respiratory infection must be recognized so the risk can be controlled. This has not yet been universally accepted, despite strong evidence to support it and no convincing evidence to refute it.

Comprehensive ventilation standards must be developed by professional engineering bodies. Organizations such as the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers and the Federation of European Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Associations have ventilation standards, and during the COVID-19 pandemic, they have proposed building and system-related control actions and design improvements to mitigate risk of infection. However, standards must be improved to explicitly consider infection control in their statements of purpose and definitions. New approaches must be developed to encourage implementation of standards (e.g., “ventilation certificates” similar to those that exist for food hygiene certification for restaurants).

The COVID-19 pandemic has revealed how unprepared the world was to respond to it, despite the knowledge gained from past pandemics. A paradigm shift is needed on the scale that occurred when Chadwick’s Sanitary Report in 1842 led the British government to encourage cities to organize clean water supplies and centralized sewage systems. In the 21st century, we need to establish the foundations to ensure that the air in our buildings is clean with a substantially reduced pathogen count, contributing to the building occupants’ health, just as we expect for the water coming out of our taps.

From Time Magazine: If We're Going to Live With COVID-19, It's Time to Clean Our Indoor Air Properly, Edward A. Nardell is Professor of Global Health and Social Medicine, Harvard Medical School.

COVID-variants may be with us for years to come, and this will certainly not be the last respiratory virus pandemic. We have long suffered from annual contagious respiratory infections, but exceptionally low rates of influenza and common colds during COVID-precautions have demonstrated that not all of this suffering need happen. So, we need to think clearly and scientifically about how better we can reduce the spread of viruses indoors especially when and where masks will no longer be in common use.

Are there effective engineering controls that can help make indoor environments truly safer?

Systems Assessment: Ventilation education in context with climate change carbon reduction pressures is needed on a massive scale to avoid illness, death, and potential of future epidemics.

References

[1] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

[2] VENTILATION: WHY does no one take it seriously? Jan Sundell, Former Editor-in-Chief of Indoor Air. February 17, 2019, Published online 2021 Apr 20. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8251269

[3] A Paradigm Shift to Combat Indoor Respiratory Infection, Science Vol 372, Issue 6543 pp. 689-691, 14 May 2021. webpage https://www.science.org/doi/10.1126/science.abg2025, December 2021.

[4] A Paradigm Shift to Combat Indoor Respiratory Infection, University of LEEDS, White Rose Research Online, published 14 May 2021, online August 27, 2021. webpage https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/177405/3/Paradigm%20Shift%20AAM.pdf, https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/177405/, December 2021.

[5] If We’re Going to Live With COVID-19, It’s Time to Clean Our Indoor Air Properly, Edward A Nardell, Harvard Medical School Time, February 1, 2022. https://time.com/6143799/covid-19-indoor-air-cleaning

back to TOC


Solar Trees and Solar Panels

Solar trees are solar panels put on ground mounted poles designed to look like regular trees. They usually have a single long pole installed into the ground suggesting a tree trunk. The pole holds up solar panels placed together at the very top of the pole or at varying heights and directions just like the branches on a tree. What separates a solar tree from other solar panel systems is its unique artistic design intended to be visually appealing to enhance a pedestrian setting.

Solar Panels is a broad term used by most to suggest solar panel installations on the roofs of buildings or on the ground with minimal attention to artistic display. They tend to be flat structures and when placed on the ground restrict pedestrian movement. They are essentially in restricted spaces.

Solar trees have certain benifts that seperate them from typcal solar panel systems.

Efficient design. In locations where space is limited, solar trees are an option for installing multiple layers of solar panels while maximizing the efficiency of the available surface area.

They look great. The solar tree design is efficient and strikingly appealing because that is a key requirement of the system. It is not just based on function. Instead it is based on form and function with a heavy emphasis on form. Compared to solar panels, solar trees look more aesthetically pleasing, because that is a key system requirement.

Rooftop installation alternative. Solar trees are an option for where a roof solar panel installation is not an option.

Sun Tracking. They are available with automatic solar trackers and in-built cleaning mechanisms.

They make a statement. Anyone looking to showcase their support for sustainability can do it in style with solar trees.

A great way to educate. They are used to educate and build awareness about solar technology by schools and institutions around the world.

Enhanced electricity output. Can produce more electricity when compared to standard solar panels covering the same surface area because there can be multiple panels at various heights.

The following is a list of potential users and locations for solar trees.

Local governments or councils showing their support for any solar energy systems by installing solar trees in public areas. Communities in Florida have come together to get solar trees installed in zoos, museums, airports, and parks in Florida.

A school or educational institution looking to inspire young minds. A well designed solar tree can work as a tool to demonstrate form (artistic aestetics) and function (generate electricity) in system designs.

Private companies showing their support for renewable energy. Many companies are already doing this with solar trees on the way to the main entrance.

Locations that do not have any available space for solar panels because roof installation is not possible and there is no available space on the ground, then a solar tree is a viable option.

Homeowner Association (HOA) dry rentention ponds. These are typically vast spaces in a community that are unused. They can be converted to park like settings with raised boardwalks and solar trees that will offset the electric bills of not only HOA common spaces but also potentially the homeowners in the HOA.

Roof top solar panels and ground based solar panels or solar farms are the majority of installations. The solar efficiency is such that a roof top solar systems will offset the electricity needs of a single story dwelling more or less depending on climate locations. This is a key system relationship because its can be used to quickly determine what the solar electricity benefit might be for multistory buildings. The following is a notional analysis of what the benefit might be for buildings with various numbers of floor levels. The assumptions are:

  1. A 1 story building meets 100% of its electricity needs - this is to make the relative calculation easy
  2. Each floor of the building uses the same amount of electricity

Number of Floors
in Building

Electricity Produced By
Roof Solar Installation

1

100%

2

50%

3

33%

4

25%

5

20%

6

17%

7

14%

8

13%

9

11%

10

10%

The analysis suggests that there is benefit to a multistory building when roof top solar systems are installed. The tradeoff is the installation cost versus the benefit over time versus the desire for reduced carbon footprint. For example, rather than viewing the rooftop solar system as a replacement for the buildings electricity needs, instead it is viewed as a carbon offset asset.

back to TOC


Cafeteria Food Choices Carbon Footprint

In 2022 New York City Public Schools introduced no meat Fridays. Unfortunately, the first Vegan Friday was not good. Complaints included comments that the meals served were bland and lacking in color, flavor, and nutrition. Some meals included bags of chips, plain black bean tacos, and wilted veggie stir-fries with little to no protein. However there is a massive revolution in food happening where new plant based food alternatives are transforming the menu landscape. This had an impact.

In 2024 Netflix released the vegan documentary series, You Are What You Eat: A Twin Experiment. Based on an 8-week study conducted by Stanford University, this series tracked 22 sets of genetically identical twins on opposing (but healthy) diets: omnivore and vegan. The film features Wicked Kitchen co-founder Chad Sarno, Miyoko Schinner founder of Miyoko’s Creamery, Daniel Humm, Executive Chef of New York’s Michelin 3-star vegan restaurant, along with other luminaries in the healthy food world. There were also appearances from Eric Adams, the Mayor of New York City and Cory Booker, U.S. Senator from New Jersey. It is in this documentary that the following unexpected system messages surfaced:

  1. Something significant is about to happen in plant based food options, a critical mass is quickly approaching or may have been reached
  2. Although it is widely known that the carbon footprint of plant based food is significantly smaller than meat based foods it has not surfaced as a possible CAP plan option
  3. New York City Public Schools no meat Fridays might have an impact on carbon footprint that can be added to a CAP

According to the United Nations our food systems generate one-third of global greenhouse gas emissions, higher than the global aviation sector. Reducing the global average annual individual carbon footprint from 6.3 tons in 2020 to 2.1 tons in 2030, as recommended by experts, will involve changes to the food system and diet. Having greater awareness and making small changes will not only help reduce greenhouse gas emissions and individual carbon footprint but will improve air quality, health, and save money. Switching to a plant-based diet can reduce an individual’s annual carbon footprint by up to 2.1 tons with a vegan diet or up to 1.5 tons for vegetarians. [3]

A no meat Friday translates to an individuals annual carbon foot print reduction of 0.3 (2.1*52/365) tons or 30 tons per 100 people in an example cafeteria scenario.

References

[1] Plant-Powered Meals, New York City Department of Education. https://www.schools.nyc.gov/school-life/food/school-meals/plant-powered, 2024.

[2] Wicked Kitchen Co-Founder Chad Sarno Featured In Netflix Docuseries "You Are What You Eat", Wicked Foods, January 14, 2024.  https://wickedkitchen.com/wicked-kitchen-chad-sarno-featured-in-netflix-docuseries-you-are-what-you-eat/, 2024.

[3] Your guide to climate action: Food, United Nations. https://www.un.org/en/actnow/food, 2024.

back to TOC


Project 2025 Stakeholder Analysis - Climate Change

07/30/24

In every systems engineering effort a stakeholder analysis must be performed. The analysis involves identifying all the stakeholders, their needs, their requirements, and then determining if they will participate in the system as operators, maintainers, administrators, managers, and users of the system or if they are external to the system but have the ability to destroy the system because of authority and funding control via players like management, government, competition, status quo, etc [1] [2].

On April 21, 2023 the Heritage Foundation released:

Mandate for Leadership: The Conservative Promise, Project 2025 Presidential Transition Project. ISBN 978-0-89195-174-2.

From Project 2025: The 2025 Presidential Transition Project is the conservative movement’s unified effort to be ready for the next conservative Administration to govern at 12:00 noon, January 20, 2025.

There are PDF files available on the Internet. A PDF version was downloaded from https://static.project2025.org/2025_MandateForLeadership_FULL.pdf. The document was analyzed using the GDA tool. For other Project 2025 analysis and information visit GDA.

Project 2025 is a policy document produced by the Heritage Foundation and even though the Heritage Foundation can be viewed as a single stakeholder, the policy document touches many subjects and each subject should be treated as a separate stakeholder. This stakeholder analysis is associated with the Project 2025 Climate Change Related Stakeholders. The following are summaries of the document mining results.

Project-2025/Project-2025_MFL-18-1-Government-Changes-Eliminate-Repeal.html#analysisresults - a small sampling

Project-2025/Project-2025_MFL-18-9-10-Government-Changes-Sustainability-Climate-Change.html#analysisresults - a small sampling

Project-2025/Project-2025_MFL-26-NSF.html

Project-2025/Project-2025_MFL-27-National_Labs.html

There is an acknowledgement that there is climate change and there needs to be a response based on the following:  

  1. 122. GDA-12582 At the same time, the transition to a low carbon economy represents a historic economic opportunity for the U.S.
  2. 123. GDA-12585 federal government must work alongside our domestic and international partners to respond ambitiously to tackle the challenges of climate change, adapt to an already changing climate, mitigate the risks, and position the global economy for clean and sustainable growth.72 Yet history shows that economic growth and technological/scientific advance through human ingenuity are by far the best ways to prevent and mitigate extreme weather events.

Part of the rejection of the climate change policies from the previous administration is attributed to costs and the potential negative impacts to the U.S. economy. This is suggested by the following, also found in Project 2025. This was not mined from the document. It was found as a mining artifact of GDA-13485 and located when the mining link was selected.

So the big question is what should institutions do about their climate action planing activities?

Universities should continue to do the right thing and follow the climate change science and engineering for the next generation. That is their job, society expects them to prepare the next generation for their challenges. Federal funding may disappear, but it is up to the Universities to educate policy makers and ensure that funding is not totally removed if Project 2025 is adopted. There may be common ground associated with Domestic Manufacturing and Small Business that can be used to maintain and redirect funding while also addressing climate change and sustainability. There is a saying in systems engineering:

Do not throw out the baby with the bathwater

Just like the climate change Project 2025 stakeholders should not throw out climate change and sustainability initiatives in total, the climate change and sustainability stakeholders should not throw out Project 2025 in total, even if only 1 page survives from the original content. The following is a potential path forward:

Project 2025 Climate Change and Sustainability Rejection Stakeholders - must realize

  1. There will be new technologies and systems developed outside the United States, time waits for no one
  2. The United States will capitalize on these new opportunities or the United States will lose out on these opportunities
  3. If the United States is not a leader in this space then it will be forced to follow
  4. If the United States is a follower then the impacts will be highly negative
  5. The DOD has clearly stated that Climate Change will be highly destablizing suggesting revolution, war, and mass migration
  6. Shoving ones head in the sand, the Ostrich effect, never works
  7. Do not engage in denial by cherry picking data or talking points
  8. Become part of the solution not part of the problem
  9. While cost is a key metric to select system solutions, it is not always a key metric, some value a day at the beach more than a day at the mountains [1] [2]
  10. Carbon footprint is a way to measure and compare different solutions that encourages the most efficient solutions preserving traditional oil and gas fuel resources
  11. It is time to reject the concept that government regulation is bad, in the end government is what is needed to address massive problems like war and yes climate change

Climate Change and Sustainability Stakeholders - must realize

  1. Climate Change Education based on science, engineering, and the liberal arts all the way through to the university and college levels is very important
  2. Climate Change Research is very important and funds should not be wasted on projects that have little potential impacts
  3. Climate Change Systems development is very important from new community plans to new devices and systems
  4. The opposite camp may have valid points, it is important to listen to the critics and help to find common ground
  5. Realize that Pro and Con stakeholders may engage in cherry picking data or talking points at any moment [1] [2]
    1. If stakeholders engage in cherry picking data or talking points and are unable to stop, then they must be removed from the stakeholder table [1] [2]
    2. The climate change and sustainability stakes are too high for distractions or sabotage from hidden stakeholders [1] [2]
      • An example of sabotage is: 233. GDA-11829 ... The National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) should be dismantled and many of its functions eliminated, sent to other agencies, privatized, or placed under the control of states and territories.
  6. Research funding must not be wasted on political and economic fights while ignoring other important research
  7. Venture capital funding must not be wasted chasing quick buck pet rock projects and instead realize they must start to address critical social needs like climate change systems
  8. Government taxpayer funds must not be wasted on pork belly projects with little to no benefit

Science the Endless Frontier

Science the Endless Frontier is a policy document produced in 1945 and it offered a different vision of the future from project 2025. It set the policy of the United States from 1945 to about 1980, when the roots of project 2025 were starting to be planted. Universities, Colleges, and others derive a large amount of their research funding from the National Science Foundation (NSF). The NSF was founded from a report called Science the Endless Frontier that was requested by President Roosevelt. [3] See the following:

Letter Of Transmittal

OFFICE OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
1530 P Street, NW.
Washington 25, D.C.
JULY 25, 1945

DEAR MR. PRESIDENT:

In a letter dated November 17, 1944, President Roosevelt requested my recommendations on the following points:

(1) What can be done, consistent with military security, and with the prior approval of the military authorities, to make known to the world as soon as possible the contributions which have been made during our war effort to scientific knowledge?

(2) With particular reference to the war of science against disease, what can be done now to organize a program for continuing in the future the work which has been done in medicine and related sciences?

(3) What can the Government do now and in the future to aid research activities by public and private organizations?

(4) Can an effective program be proposed for discovering and developing scientific talent in American youth so that the continuing future of scientific research in this country may be assured on a level comparable to what has been done during the war?

It is clear from President Roosevelt's letter that in speaking of science that he had in mind the natural sciences, including biology and medicine, and I have so interpreted his questions. Progress in other fields, such as the social sciences and the humanities, is likewise important; but the program for science presented in my report warrants immediate attention.

In seeking answers to President Roosevelt's questions I have had the assistance of distinguished committees specially qualified to advise in respect to these subjects. The committees have given these matters the serious attention they deserve; indeed, they have regarded this as an opportunity to participate in shaping the policy of the country with reference to scientific research. They have had many meetings and have submitted formal reports. I have been in close touch with the work of the committees and with their members throughout. I have examined all of the data they assembled and the suggestions they submitted on the points raised in President Roosevelt's letter.

Although the report which I submit herewith is my own, the facts, conclusions, and recommendations are based on the findings of the committees which have studied these questions. Since my report is necessarily brief, I am including as appendices the full reports of the committees.

A single mechanism for implementing the recommendations of the several committees is essential. In proposing such a mechanism I have departed somewhat from the specific recommendations of the committees, but I have since been assured that the plan I am proposing is fully acceptable to the committee members.

The pioneer spirit is still vigorous within this nation. Science offers a largely unexplored hinterland for the pioneer who has the tools for his task. The rewards of such exploration both for the Nation and the individual are great. Scientific progress is one essential key to our security as a nation, to our better health, to more jobs, to a higher standard of living, and to our cultural progress.

Respectfully yours,

(s) V. Bush, Director

THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,
The White House,
Washington, D. C.

###

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This is the link to the full report: Science The Endless Frontier . local . Science The Endless Frontier PDF with committee reports

Project 2025 has the following NSF references:

It appears that keeping the NSF intact and acknowledging its role in supporting university research is additional common ground. Does that mean that there will be no challenges to University climate change research funding if Project 2025 is adopted? No, it just means that there is an open door to begin discussions and ensure that hidden stakeholders do not push a hidden agenda.

A final thought. System Thinking has the following key elements: [3]

  1. You always broaden your horizons and perspective. Just when you think you have it, move to a broader view.
  2. You reject the status quo. If you find yourself in that mix, step out of it and look for truth. It takes time for a valid solution to solidify.
  3. You reject all vested interests including hidden interests.
  4. You try to see the forest from the trees but always zoom in onto the leaf of a particular tree and find the cute bug sitting on the edge.
  5. You should not fall into the trap of being set only at one abstraction level, the high level. You must be able to scale all abstraction levels simultaneously. This is hard.

Getting back to divergent stakeholders. If it is impossible to work with divergent stakeholders, then they must be removed from the stakholder table so that the system solution is not compromised. [1] [2] Also the divergent stakeholders might have already started that process against the legitimate stakeholders and the system solution will fail as hidden stakeholders game the situation in their favor at the cost of everyone else in the systems space. That is why being proactive and vigilant is critical so that this catastrophic systems collapse does not happen.

Project 2025 Roots

In a 2007 interview, economist James M. Buchanan criticized the concept of public interest, asking what it is and suggested that it consists purely of self-interest of the governing bureaucrats. Buchanan also proposed that organizations should employ managers who are motivated only by money. He described those who are motivated by other factors, such as job satisfaction or a sense of public duty as zealots. [4]

The effort to privatize United States Government assets and functions started with President Reagans Executive Order 12607 President's Commission on Privatization. It resulted in the 1988 report, Privatization Toward More Effective Government. In 1992 Executive Order 12803 Infrastructure Privatization provided additional guidance on privatizing United States Government assets and functions. [4]

This contrasts with the policy that existed from 1945 to 1987. As World War II was ending, President Roosevelt requested the Office of Scientific Research and Development to identify what the United States should do moving forward after the war. A report was produced called Science the Endless Frontier. This report set the tone and policy of the United States from 1945 to 1987. [4]

The term "privatization" appeared in a book, Cutting Back City Hall in 1980 by Robert Poole. He co-founded the Reason Foundation, a libertarian organization, in 1978. The book provided support for Margaret Thatcher's privatization efforts in the United Kingdom. He advised the administrations of Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Bill Clinton, and George W. Bush on privatization and transportation policy. The Reason Foundation publishes the Annual Privatization Report (APR). The APR came from Reason Foundation Trustee David Koch. [4]

The roots of privatization appear to come from the libertarian movement. From an elected representative perspective, the libertarians are far from the mainstream electorate as suggested by election results. Yet the idea of privatization has had a huge impact on the makeup of U.S. government. [4]

Privatization is an international trend impacting the entire planet. However, it is important to realize that privatization in another country may be very different than privatization in the U.S. For example, a country or system with no free market will experience the introduction of a free market commercial and industrial base with privatization. Privatization in a country or system with a free market commercial industrial base, like the U.S., will experience fundamental changes in its government functions and performance. Both U.S. and international government privatization comes from the same source and its advocates appear to treat both systems the same way - privatize all government functions even in the U.S. [4]

This movement and intellectual pursuit is currently captured in the Project 2025 report from the Heritage Foundation.

References:

[1] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020. (Bibliography with 142 references)

[2] Systems Engineering Design Renaissance, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253075, 2014. (Bibliography with 102 references)

[3] Sustainable development Possible with Creative Systems Engineering, Walter Sobkiw, 2008. ISBN 9780615216300.

[4] Privatization a Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2019. ISBN: 978-0983253068. (bibliography with 82 references)

back to TOC


Rise of Business Schools and MBAs Impacts

The Sustainability and Climate Change elephant in the room is management and the impacts of the rise of business schools and MBAs in the last century. The rise of business schools and MBAs broke the American social contract and shifted all focus away from what had become an American form of capitalism developed over a 100+ years of history with the application of the fundamental concepts associated with checks and balances to pure capitalism with all of its problems known as predatory capitalism with no checks or balances other than the magic hand of the market. We all know that magic does not exist. The topics in this analysis include:

  1. Loss of the Systems Perspective
  2. Change in Performance Reviews and Corporate Charters
  3. Leveraged Buyouts
  4. Replacing American Capitalism With Predatory Capitalism
  5. Impacts on Universities
  6. MBA Education Changes
  7. The Future Beyond 2025

Loss of the Systems Perspective

When President Johnson was interviewed about the Moon Landing in the last century he was asked what were the greatest benefits of this massive effort and his response was the new management techniques and in particular Systems Engineering [5]. Both of these benefits, systems engineering and the new management techniques, moved quickly into the industrial base but by the 1990's they were abandoned in many industries as newly minted MBAs moved into the board rooms of major corporations. The MBAs changed the industrial base back to what existed prior to the Moon Landing, prior to the New Deal, to a time of predatory and unchecked capitalism with massive monopolies like in the gilded age. The impacts are huge, what became common sense in the last century is now new and exotic knowledge for the current generation in the 21st century - Systems Engineering [6].

There is little formal research on this topic, most of it is captured in popular culture such as movies, paper back books, newspapers and TV documentaries from the late 1980s and early 1990s, but the proliferation of business schools and MBAs after the 1980s closely coincides with the extreme split between management and labor in the various sectors of the American economy. The drive for short term profits and turning to workforce cuts and decompensation to drive shareholder gains came from the elite business schools in the 1980s and it went down to the thousands of lower level business schools. Offshoots of this trend are privatizing government, for profit healthcare, universities prioritizing prestige while gutting tenure, the rise of massive monopolies, converting overhead organizations like news organizations into for profit centers or eliminating them, etc. The following are some statements from just one message board [1]:

It was Reagan’s fiscal policy starting in 1981 that exploded the wealth gap and national debt.

MBA here, and sadly, I have to agree. Somewhere in the 80s, we went from Love, Peace and Hippie Joy, to "Are you going to be the fastest lion or the slowest gazelle?" (I worked with someone who actually had a poster referring to this hung on her wall at work.) I think of my MBA as the ticket I bought to ride. Had been unemployed, underemployed single parent for ten years, and school isn't particularly hard for me, so I did it to get a job. The worst class I took was taught by some ahole who I later learned had been prosecuted for fraud. Our text was 'The Art of War' by Sun Tzu. An ancient treatise on how to use and abuse both friends and enemies. It disgusted me. Cost accounting was an exercise in nitpicking and IMO, the primary reason wages have tanked. It's always the guys who 'look' like they are saving the company money who get ahead. Needless to say, I didn't get very far with that part of my education, but at least I got on the train and made enough to support my family.

Business schools don't actually teach much about business. They basically teach "cut cost profit go up" as their main teaching.. any idiot can figure that out.

Change in Performance Reviews and Corporate Charters

This change was and is accomplished with the performance review systems where management must meet revenue and profit targets or they will lose their bonus compensation and eventually they will be replaced. Performance reviews trace to corporate charters and they were changed in the 1980s. Many use the new corporate charters as an excuse for a corporation to exclusively pursue increased earnings and profit regardless of the impacts. The boards and their selected executives claim they have a fiduciary responsibility to the current (not future) stockholders. So they suggest the corporate charter follow these requirements in priority order: [2]

  1. Principal investors
  2. Current stockholders
  3. Customers
  4. Employees
  5. Community

However, a corporate charter can include many items, different priority order, and still clearly show a case that current and future stockholder interests are protected. The following is an example of an alternative corporate charter in priority order: [2]

  1. Customers
  2. Employees
  3. Community

Notice there is no mention of principal investors, current, or future stockholders. That is because if the interests of the customers, employees, and community are maintained the business is sustainable. There is no loss of customers, brain drain, or lawsuits from harmed community members. Further, increasing the customer base via new products, technologies, better products and or services, and even lower prices immediately translate to greater value to the investors and stockholders. The big ugly issue about a large business is that there are enormous assets that can be stripped to show short term high profits for the principal investors and current stockholders. However it is not sustainable. Once the inheritance is blown by the irresponsible lazy offspring, it is gone. [2]

Before 1980, corporate governance in the United States was very different from today. Executives held modest amounts of stock and options in their companies. It was viewed as a massive conflict of interest. Top executives and their incentives were more focused on traditional performance measures such as sales or earnings growth. Boards of directors were not particularly active and shareholders were relatively passive. [3]

Leveraged Buyouts

In the 1980s there were large numbers of corporate takeovers and restructuring activity with an unprecedented level of leveraged buyouts (LBOs) and hostile takeovers led by corporate raiders. Their legacy or scars remain. The LBO always translated into massive debt. With that debt, it was no longer possible for managers to treat capital, particularly equity capital, as costless. Failure to generate a sufficient return on capital meant default. To pay for the LBO money, assets needed to be stripped from internal sources in the company and this translated to showing profits at all costs even if it meant the eventual demise of the company. To accomplish this the following systems elements were established: [3]

  1. LBOs provided managers with substantial equity stakes in the company after the buyout.
    1. These stakes gave managers the incentives to undertake the buyout, to work hard to pay off the debt, and to increase shareholder value.
    2. If successful, buyout company managers could expect to make a great deal of money.
  2. That meant that toxic management was put in place that would do anything to ensure the LBO was successful.
    1. End defined benefit retirement plans.
    2. Bust salaries.
    3. End internal training.
    4. Remove employees regardless of impacts on operations.
    5. Sell off assets like research and development divisions.
    6. Sell off machinery, office equipment, and real estate.
    7. Move from ownership of assets to renting the bare minimum.
    8. Disregard contracts including vendor and union contracts.
    9. Engage in cost shifting to unsuspecting stakeholders.
  3. LBO sponsors or associations closely monitored and governed the companies they leveraged.
    1. Unlike a public company where the boards were large and dominated by distant outsiders with small ownership stakes,
    2. LBO company boards were small and dominated by LBO sponsors with substantial equity stakes in the companies.

This new system challenged the fundamental corporate charter concepts of - should corporations pursue (1) maximizing shareholder value or (2) broader social aims. This new mindset of shareholder value moved into all business aspects of the United States, even non-profit corporations and government. A false link was made that if profits were maximized then the entity was operating at the most efficient level and the best solutions were being provided. However, there is no connection between profits and satisfying needs, which is the systems perspective. For example, higher profits do not translate to better healthcare or better airplanes or higher quality across the spectrum; Typically there is an inverse relationship. All systems have need based performance levels and reducing performance levels is a key approach to maximizing profits. To quote an RCA engineer when RCA was taken over by GE "they [GE] would take a TV, remove the components one by one until the TV stopped working, and then they would place that component back, and throw away the others to maximize the profit. This is called value engineering".

Replacing American Capitalism With Predatory Capitalism

Greed is good replaced what once was. The following is an extract from the Guardian - Why we should bulldoze the business school [4]:

EXTRACT START

Why we should bulldoze the business school

There are 13,000 business schools on Earth. That’s 13,000 too many. And I should know – I’ve taught in them for 20 years

5 October 2022

Visit the average university campus and it is likely that the newest and most ostentatious building will be occupied by the business school. The business school has the best building because it makes the biggest profits (or, euphemistically, “contribution” or “surplus”) – as you might expect, from a form of knowledge that teaches people how to make profits.

Business schools have huge influence, yet they are also widely regarded to be intellectually fraudulent places, fostering a culture of short-termism and greed. (There is a whole genre of jokes about what MBA – Master of Business Administration – really stands for: “Mediocre But Arrogant”, “Management by Accident”, “More Bad Advice”, “Master Bullshit Artist” and so on.) Critics of business schools come in many shapes and sizes: employers complain that graduates lack practical skills, conservative voices scorn the arriviste MBA, Europeans moan about Americanisation, radicals wail about the concentration of power in the hands of the running dogs of capital. Since 2008, many commentators have also suggested that business schools were complicit in producing the crash.

Having taught in business schools for 20 years, I have come to believe that the best solution to these problems is to shut down business schools altogether. This is not a typical view among my colleagues. Even so, it is remarkable just how much criticism of business schools over the past decade has come from inside the schools themselves. Many business school professors, particularly in north America, have argued that their institutions have gone horribly astray. B-schools have been corrupted, they say, by deans following the money, teachers giving the punters what they want, researchers pumping out paint-by-numbers papers for journals that no one reads and students expecting a qualification in return for their cash (or, more likely, their parents’ cash). At the end of it all, most business-school graduates won’t become high-level managers anyway, just precarious cubicle drones in anonymous office blocks.

These are not complaints from professors of sociology, state policymakers or even outraged anti-capitalist activists. These are views in books written by insiders, by employees of business schools who themselves feel some sense of disquiet or even disgust at what they are getting up to. Of course, these dissenting views are still those of a minority. Most work within business schools is blithely unconcerned with any expression of doubt, participants being too busy oiling the wheels to worry about where the engine is going. Still, this internal criticism is loud and significant.

The problem is that these insiders’ dissent has become so thoroughly institutionalised within the well-carpeted corridors that it now passes unremarked, just an everyday counterpoint to business as usual. Careers are made by wailing loudly in books and papers about the problems with business schools. The business school has been described by two insiders as “a cancerous machine spewing out sick and irrelevant detritus”. Even titles such as Against Management, Fucking Management and The Greedy Bastard’s Guide to Business appear not to cause any particular difficulties for their authors. I know this, because I wrote the first two. Frankly, the idea that I was permitted to get away with this speaks volumes about the extent to which this sort of criticism means anything very much at all. In fact, it is rewarded, because the fact that I publish is more important than what I publish.

Most solutions to the problem of the B-school shy away from radical restructuring, and instead tend to suggest a return to supposedly more traditional business practices, or a form of moral rearmament decorated with terms such as “responsibility” and “ethics”. All of these suggestions leave the basic problem untouched, that the business school only teaches one form of organising – market managerialism.

That’s why I think that we should call in the bulldozers and demand an entirely new way of thinking about management, business and markets. If we want those in power to become more responsible, then we must stop teaching students that heroic transformational leaders are the answer to every problem, or that the purpose of learning about taxation laws is to evade taxation, or that creating new desires is the purpose of marketing. In every case, the business school acts as an apologist, selling ideology as if it were science.

Universities have been around for a millenium, but the vast majority of business schools only came into existence in the last century. Despite loud and continual claims that they were a US invention, the first was probably the École Supérieure de Commerce de Paris, founded in 1819 as a privately funded attempt to produce a grande école for business. A century later, hundreds of business schools had popped up across Europe and the US, and from the 1950s onwards, they began to grow rapidly in other parts of the world.

In 2011, the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business estimated that there were then nearly 13,000 business schools in the world. India alone is estimated to have 3,000 private schools of business. Pause for a moment, and consider that figure. Think about the huge numbers of people employed by those institutions, about the armies of graduates marching out with business degrees, about the gigantic sums of money circulating in the name of business education. (In 2013, the top 20 US MBA programmes already charged at least $100,000 (£72,000). At the time of writing, London Business School is advertising a tuition fee of £84,500 for its MBA.) No wonder that the bandwagon keeps rolling.

For the most part, business schools all assume a similar form. The architecture is generic modern – glass, panel, brick. Outside, there’s some expensive signage offering an inoffensive logo, probably in blue, probably with a square on it. The door opens, automatically. Inside, there’s a female receptionist dressed office-smart. Some abstract art hangs on the walls, and perhaps a banner or two with some hopeful assertions: “We mean business.” “Teaching and Research for Impact.” A big screen will hang somewhere over the lobby, running a Bloomberg news ticker and advertising visiting speakers and talks about preparing your CV. Shiny marketing leaflets sit in dispensing racks, with images of a diverse tableau of open-faced students on the cover. On the leaflets, you can find an alphabet of mastery: MBA, MSc Management, MSc Accounting, MSc Management and Accounting, MSc Marketing, MSc International Business, MSc Operations Management.

There will be plush lecture theatres with thick carpet, perhaps named after companies or personal donors. The lectern bears the logo of the business school. In fact, pretty much everything bears the weight of the logo, like someone who worries their possessions might get stolen and so marks them with their name. Unlike some of the shabby buildings in other parts of the university, the business school tries hard to project efficiency and confidence. The business school knows what it is doing and has its well-scrubbed face aimed firmly at the busy future. It cares about what people think of it.

Even if the reality isn’t always as shiny – if the roof leaks a little and the toilet is blocked – that is what the business-school dean would like to think that their school was like, or what they would want their school to be. A clean machine for turning income from students into profits.

What do business schools actually teach? This is a more complicated question than it first appears. Much writing on education has explored the ways in which a “hidden curriculum” supplies lessons to students without doing so explicitly. From the 1970s onwards, researchers explored how social class, gender, ethnicity, sexuality and so on were being implicitly taught in the classroom. This might involve segregating students into separate classes – the girls doing domestic science and the boys doing metalwork, say – which, in turn, implies what is natural or appropriate for different groups of people. The hidden curriculum can be taught in other ways too, by the ways in which teaching and assessment are practised, or through what is or isn’t included in the curriculum. The hidden curriculum tells us what matters and who matters, which places are most important and what topics can be ignored.

In many countries, a lot of work has been done on trying to deal with these issues. Materials on black history, women in science or pop songs as poetry are now fairly routine. That doesn’t mean that the hidden curriculum is no longer a problem, but at least in many of the more enlightened educational systems, it is not now routinely assumed that there is one history, one set of actors, one way of telling the story.

But in the business school, both the explicit and hidden curriculums sing the same song. The things taught and the way that they are taught generally mean that the virtues of capitalist market managerialism are told and sold as if there were no other ways of seeing the world.

If we educate our graduates in the inevitability of tooth-and-claw capitalism, it is hardly surprising that we end up with justifications for massive salary payments to people who take huge risks with other people’s money. If we teach that there is nothing else below the bottom line, then ideas about sustainability, diversity, responsibility and so on become mere decoration. The message that management research and teaching often provides is that capitalism is inevitable, and that the financial and legal techniques for running capitalism are a form of science. This combination of ideology and technocracy is what has made the business school into such an effective, and dangerous, institution.

We can see how this works if we look a bit more closely at the business-school curriculum and how it is taught. Take finance, for instance. This is a field concerned with understanding how people with money invest it. It assumes that there are people with money or capital that can be used as security for money, and hence it also assumes substantial inequalities of income and wealth. The greater the inequalities within any given society, the greater the interest in finance, as well as the market in luxury yachts. Finance academics almost always assume that earning rent on capital (however it was acquired) is a legitimate and perhaps even praiseworthy activity, with skilful investors being lionised for their technical skills and success. The purpose of this form of knowledge is to maximise the rent from wealth, often by developing mathematical or legal mechanisms that can multiply it. Successful financial strategies are those that produce the maximum return in the shortest period, and hence that further exacerbate the social inequalities that made them possible in the first place.

Or consider human resource management. This field applies theories of rational egoism – roughly the idea that people act according to rational calculations about what will maximise their own interest – to the management of human beings in organisations. The name of the field is telling, since it implies that human beings are akin to technological or financial resources insofar as they are an element to be used by management in order to produce a successful organisation. Despite its use of the word, human resource management is not particularly interested in what it is like to be a human being. Its object of interest are categories – women, ethnic minorities, the underperforming employee – and their relationship to the functioning of the organisation. It is also the part of the business school most likely to be dealing with the problem of organised resistance to management strategies, usually in the form of trade unions. And in case it needs saying, human resource management is not on the side of the trade union. That would be partisan. It is a function which, in its most ambitious manifestation, seeks to become “strategic”, to assist senior management in the formulation of their plans to open a factory here, or close a branch office there.

A similar kind of lens could be applied to other modules found in most business schools – accounting, marketing, international business, innovation, logistics – but I’ll conclude with business ethics and corporate social responsibility – pretty much the only areas within the business school that have developed a sustained critique of the consequences of management education and practice. These are domains that pride themselves on being gadflies to the business school, insisting that its dominant forms of education, teaching and research require reform. The complaints that propel writing and teaching in these areas are predictable but important – sustainability, inequality, the production of graduates who are taught that greed is good.

The problem is that business ethics and corporate social responsibility are subjects used as window dressing in the marketing of the business school, and as a fig leaf to cover the conscience of B-school deans – as if talking about ethics and responsibility were the same as doing something about it. They almost never systematically address the simple idea that since current social and economic relations produce the problems that ethics and corporate social responsibility courses treat as subjects to be studied, it is those social and economic relations that need to be changed.

You might well think that each of these areas of research and teaching are innocuous enough in themselves, and collectively they just appear to cover all the different dimensions of business activity – money, people, technology, transport, selling and so on. But it is worth spelling out the shared assumptions of every subject studied at business school.

The first thing that all these areas share is a powerful sense that market managerial forms of social order are desirable. The acceleration of global trade, the use of market mechanisms and managerial techniques, the extension of technologies such as accounting, finance and operations are not routinely questioned. This is a progressive account of the modern world, one that relies on the promise of technology, choice, plenty and wealth. Within the business school, capitalism is assumed to be the end of history, an economic model that has trumped all the others, and is now taught as science, rather than ideology.

The second is the assumption that human behaviour – of employees, customers, managers and so on – is best understood as if we are all rational egoists. This provides a set of background assumptions that allow for the development of models of how human beings might be managed in the interests of the business organisation. Motivating employees, correcting market failures, designing lean management systems or persuading consumers to spend money are all instances of the same sort of problem. The foregrounded interest here is that of the person who wants control, and the people who are the objects of that interest can then be treated as people who can be manipulated.

The final similarity I want to point to concerns the nature of the knowledge being produced and disseminated by the business school itself. Because it borrows the gown and mortarboard of the university, and cloaks its knowledge in the apparatus of science – journals, professors, big words – it is relatively easy to imagine that the knowledge the business school sells and the way that it sells it somehow less vulgar and stupid than it really is.

The easiest summary of all of the above, and one that would inform most people’s understandings of what goes on in the B-school, is that they are places that teach people how to get money out of the pockets of ordinary people and keep it for themselves. In some senses, that’s a description of capitalism, but there is also a sense here that business schools actually teach that “greed is good”. As Joel M Podolny, the former dean of Yale School of Management, once opined: “The way business schools today compete leads students to ask, ‘What can I do to make the most money?’ and the manner in which faculty members teach allows students to regard the moral consequences of their actions as mere afterthoughts.”

This picture is, to some extent, backed up by research, although some of this is of dubious quality. There are various surveys of business-school students that suggest that they have an instrumental approach to education; that is to say, they want what marketing and branding tells them that they want. In terms of the classroom, they expect the teaching of uncomplicated and practical concepts and tools that they deem will be helpful to them in their future careers. Philosophy is for the birds.

As someone who has taught in business schools for decades, this sort of finding doesn’t surprise me, though others suggest rather more incendiary findings. One US survey compared MBA students to people who were imprisoned in low-security prisons and found that the latter were more ethical. Another suggested that the likelihood of committing some form of corporate crime increased if the individual concerned had experience of graduate business education, or military service. (Both careers presumably involve absolving responsibility to an organisation.) Other surveys suggest that students come in believing in employee wellbeing and customer satisfaction and leave thinking that shareholder value is the most important issue, and that business-school students are more likely to cheat than students in other subjects.

Whether the causes and effects (or indeed the findings) are as neat as surveys like this might suggest is something that I doubt, but it would be equally daft to suggest that the business school has no effect on its graduates. Having an MBA might not make a student greedy, impatient or unethical, but both the B-school’s explicit and hidden curriculums do teach lessons. Not that these lessons are acknowledged when something goes wrong, because then the business school usually denies all responsibility. That’s a tricky position, though, because, as a 2009 Economist editorial put it, “You cannot claim that your mission is to ‘educate the leaders who make a difference to the world’ and then wash your hands of your alumni when the difference they make is malign”.

After the 2007 crash, there was a game of pass-the-blame-parcel going on, so it’s not surprising that most business-school deans were also trying to blame consumers for borrowing too much, the bankers for behaving so riskily, rotten apples for being so bad and the system for being, well, the system. Who, after all, would want to claim that they merely taught greed?

The sorts of doors to knowledge we find in universities are based on exclusions. A subject is made up by teaching this and not that, about space (geography) and not time (history), about collectives of people (sociology) and not about individuals (psychology), and so on. Of course, there are leakages and these are often where the most interesting thinking happens, but this partitioning of the world is constitutive of any university discipline. We cannot study everything, all the time, which is why there are names of departments over the doors to buildings and corridors.

However, the B-school is an even more extreme case. It is constituted through separating commercial life from the rest of life, but then undergoes a further specialisation. The business school assumes capitalism, corporations and managers as the default form of organisation, and everything else as history, anomaly, exception, alternative. In terms of curriculum and research, everything else is peripheral.

Most business schools exist as parts of universities, and universities are generally understood as institutions with responsibilities to the societies they serve. Why then do we assume that degree courses in business should only teach one form of organisation – capitalism – as if that were the only way in which human life could be arranged?

The sort of world that is being produced by the market managerialism that the business school sells is not a pleasant one. It’s a sort of utopia for the wealthy and powerful, a group that the students are encouraged to imagine themselves joining, but such privilege is bought at a very high cost, resulting in environmental catastrophe, resource wars and forced migration, inequality within and between countries, the encouragement of hyper-consumption as well as persistently anti-democratic practices at work.

Selling the business school works by ignoring these problems, or by mentioning them as challenges and then ignoring them in the practices of teaching and research. If we want to be able to respond to the challenges that face human life on this planet, then we need to research and teach about as many different forms of organising as we are able to collectively imagine. For us to assume that global capitalism can continue as it is means to assume a path to destruction. So if we are going to move away from business as usual, then we also need to radically reimagine the business school as usual. And this means more than pious murmurings about corporate social responsibility. It means doing away with what we have, and starting again.

EXTRACT END

In the 1970's there were many business school graduates that were unemployed. They were looked down upon and viewed as having little or no skills.  Large organizations would bring them in and train them to support various administrative tasks. A great deal has changed since the 1970s.

It has been acknowledged within many academic circles that the huge movement of MBA staff into board rooms as a result of the massive number of MBA degrees in the 1980's has caused serious damage. While MBA staffs are great at executing business activities, they have no vision. The vision comes from the engineers and they need to return back to the board rooms. As a result, many Universities have introduced entrepreneur programs specifically to get engineers into the board rooms of major companies. [5]

Impacts on Universities

The trends associated with the MBA movement have moved into higher education. Institutions have shifted their priorities to market driven for profit models [7] based on predatory capitalism rejecting the 100+ years of American capitalism, industry, government, and education. The following are selected messages from - Universities in Dark Times: Beyond the Plague of Neoliberal Fascism [7]: 

This trend in the universities has also affected the internal operations.

MBA Education Changes

One of the main problems with MBA programs is that they are too narrow in their course content with market managerialism. While some suggest a return to more traditional business practices and a form of moral content with terms such as responsibility and ethics the reality is that no one should be accepted into an MBA program without a broad liberal arts education that cooks the students in the struggles of humanity. This analysis suggests that all MBA students also must have multiple courses in Systems Practices with a focus on various decision making approaches. See section Sustainable Development Systems Practices.

The Future Beyond 2025

See sections:

Beyond the universities, this generation has lots to think about and they need to make choices now. The only guidance to offer is to choose well [8].

References:

[1] IMO it was the rise of business schools and MBAs that broke the American social contract, REDIT, 2021. webpage 2024 https://www.reddit.com/r/WorkReform/comments/shy04b/imo_it_was_the_rise_of_business_schools_and_mbas/?rdt=59014.

[2] Systems Engineering Design Renaissance, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253075, 2014.

[3] The Evolution of U.S. Corporate Governance We are all Henry Kravis now, Chicago Booth Review, January 01, 1998. webpage 2024 https://www.chicagobooth.edu/review/evolution-us-corporate-governance.

[4] Why we should bulldoze the business school, The Guardian, October 05, 2022. webpage https://www.theguardian.com/news/2018/apr/27/bulldoze-the-business-school.

[5] Privatization a Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2019. ISBN: 978-0983253068. (bibliography with 82 references)

[6] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020. (Bibliography with 142 references)

[7] Universities in Dark Times: Beyond the Plague of Neoliberal Fascism, ScheerPost, November 5, 2024. webpage 2024 https://scheerpost.com/2024/11/05/universities-in-dark-times-beyond-the-plague-of-neoliberal-fascism.

[8] Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade, Movie, Paramount Pictures Lucasfilm. 1989.

back to TOC


Funding Sources in A Project 2025 World

A key question after the presidential election results in 2024 is what is the impact on Climate Change funding. The following is a list of potential funding sources [1]:

  1. Internal Funding (including internal loans and revolving loan funds): The operating budget of the city, county, or entity. Obtaining internal funding may require budget reallocation or additional appropriations. A revolving loan fund structure is where all or a portion of payments on the first loans are used to fund subsequent projects rather than being returned to the lender. Revolving loans may require partnering with a bank to manage the loans. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Any.

  2. Foundations, Non-Profits, For-Profits (including public-private partnerships): Organizations at the local, regional, and national level that may be interested, willing, or obligated to fund climate, energy, and sustainability projects. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

  3. Local Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from local utilities, or city/county governments. Grants will likely have reporting requirements; the extent of required reporting will vary by governing body. Loans require ongoing revenue streams for repayment. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Short.

  4. State Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from a state agency. Grants may have extensive reporting requirements; the extent will vary by state. Loans require an ongoing revenue stream for repayment. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

  5. Federal Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from a federal agency that come directly from the agency, through the state, or through a local organization such as a metropolitan planning organization (MPO). Grants may have extensive reporting requirements, which will vary by granting agency and based on local requirements that may be layered on top of federal requirements. Loans require repayment. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

  6. Performance Based Contract, Energy Savings Performance Contract, Energy Service Agreement , or Energy Service Company (ESCO): A partnership between an entity and an energy service company, where the cost of upgrades are paid for by avoided energy expenditures resulting from the upgrades or from the ESCO if the savings fall short of what was guaranteed in the contract. After the term of the contract, subsequent benefits accrue to the entity. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Short.

  7. Private Equity Finance or Third Party Ownership with a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA): When an investor funds all or a portion of the project in return for a share of project ownership or to obtain tax credit. PPAs are often used for solar projects where a third party owns, installs, and maintains the project; the host purchases energy from the owner. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Medium to Long.

  8. Public Benefit Fund or Tax Revenue: Funds acquired through a new tax or fee. For example, some cities have introduced a $0.05–0.10 plastic bag tax or fee that contributes to a sustainability fund. Authority to establish taxes and fees varies from state to state and may require council approval or a ballot initiative, depending on the process in your entity. Project Scope: Program. Estimated Duration: Long. Capacity for Managing Funds: High.

  9. Avoided Energy Expenditures: Avoided energy expenditures resulting from climate, energy, and sustainability projects that can be reinvested in the project or program. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Any.

While the federal government might be restructured with the elimination or consolidation of departments and the privatization of civil servants, the reality is the pork barrel politics where money is spread to all districts is still part of the system. Few elected officials will be willing to tell their constituents that money promised to their district will now no longer be provided. Thus is the reality of politics and negotiations in the federal government. There are also whole industries with jobs that will be lobbying to protect their interests. This is well known by government and it is fundamental to the success of long term plans [2]. There will be impacts and changes in policy towards climate change but it is unclear the what the level of the negative impacts might be going forward for those engaged in climate change activities in the US industrial base and Universities. It is also unclear how long it will take for negative impacts to appear, if any. Climate Change is now an industry driven by government policy over previous decades and a reality that impacts whole industries like the insurance industry, buildings, energy, etc.

See sections: Project 2025 Stakeholder Analysis - Climate Change and Rise of Business Schools and MBAs Impacts.

The following are some thoughts on various Climate Change related scenarios:

Government

  1. If government spending is drastically reduced this will lead to a massive downturn in the economy.
  2. If government spending drops the industrial barons of the 21st century might start to shake lose their vast wealth and replace the lost government funding with their pet projects.
  3. While replacing the Federal Tax system (which is a system based on stimulating the economy) with Tariffs (which only collects money) may sound good to some, there is reality.

Insurance Industry

  1. The insurance industry will significantly restructure their fees and contracts beyond what they have already done.
  2. Restructured insurance contracts will affect mortgage lending requiring higher equity in home purchases, perhaps as high as 50%+ in climate change risk areas.

Migration

  1. There will be population migration because of insurance costs and availability.
  2. Some sunbelt states may experience migration as continuous air conditioning becomes unaffordable.

Technologies and Systems

  1. Hybrid and electric vehicles are part of the industrial base.
  2. Solar power systems are part of the industrial base.
  3. Buildings will continue to search for new technologies and systems to reduce costs and thus carbon footprints.

Universities

  1. A big question is will universities continue to prepare students with the reality of Climate Change or will they fall victim to the effects of the Rise of Business Schools and MBAs Impacts.

References:

[1] Climate and Energy Resources for State, Local and Tribal Governments Obtain Resources for Climate & Energy Programs, United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 19 January 2017, https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/statelocalclimate/obtain-resources-climate-energy-programs_.html click Identify Potential Sources.

[2] National Airspace System Plan, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), September 1981 - 1989. local 1988 . local 1989

back to TOC


Project 2025 and Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

As project 2025 unfolds there will be effects. One of the effects is the impacts on the population and their Needs.

Maslow's hierarchy of needs was proposed by American Abraham Maslow in his 1943 paper A Theory of Human Motivation in the journal Psychological Review. Maslow extended the idea to include observations of humans' innate curiosity. His theories parallel many other theories of human developmental psychology, some of which focus on describing the stages of growth in humans. He created a classification system which reflected the universal needs of society as its base and then proceeded to acquired emotions. The hierarchy of needs is split between deficiency needs and growth needs. While the theory is usually shown as a pyramid in illustrations, Maslow himself never created a pyramid to represent the hierarchy of needs.

Maslow's hierarchy pyramid is frequently used because it visualizes the needs that one must meet to reach self-actualization. Maslow's hierarchy of needs is used to study how humans partake in behavioral motivation. Maslow used the terms "physiological," "safety," "belonging and love," "social needs" or "esteem," and "self-actualization" to describe the pattern through which human motivations move. In order for motivation to arise at the next stage, each stage must be satisfied within the individual themselves. Each of these individual levels contains a certain amount of internal sensation that must be met in order for an individual to complete their hierarchy. The goal in Maslow's hierarchy is to attain the fifth level or stage: self-actualization.

In this analysis, the stages of human needs are shown and mapped to Climate Action Planning Ability and the Rejection / Acceptance of project 2025. While there is no data to suggest this mapping, it is reasonable based on common sense and what might come from a first pass systems assessment of the situation. Data gathering might confirm this first pass analysis based on common sense or it might offer an additional insight that may tweak this analysis. In any case this is a Mental Model that can be used to test the data gathering findings.

Level

Name Broad Needs Need Elements

Climate Action
Planning Ability

Project 2025
Group 1
(Rejection)

Project 2025
Group 2
(Acceptance
)

5

Self-Actualization Self Fulfillment Needs achieving ones full potential including creative activities High High, able to take massive action High, able to take massive action

4

Esteem Needs Psychological Needs prestige, feelings of accomplishment Medium High, able to take action High, able to take action

3

Love and Social Belonging Needs Psychological Needs intimate relationships, friends Low Med, able to take some action Med, able to take some action

2

Safety Needs Basic Needs security, safety None, only reaction Low, Don't Care Low, Don't Care

1

Physiological Needs Basic Needs water, food, warmth, rest None, only reaction Very Low, Don't Care Low, Don't Care

Notes:

  1. Group 1 = Rejection = Democrats = 74 million
  2. Group 2= Acceptance = Republicans = 77 million

From a Climate Action Planning Ability, this analysis suggests that people are low on Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs. It is unclear how Project 2025 Rejection / Acceptance relates to Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs. An assumption might be that acceptance of project 2025 might be because the population has been driven to very low levels on Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs, but it is difficult to make the connection based only the Climate Action Planning Ability levels.

The stages of human needs are described as follows.

1. Physiological Needs

Physiological needs are the base of the hierarchy. These needs are the biological component for human survival. According to Maslow's hierarchy of needs, physiological needs are factored in internal motivation. According to Maslow's theory, humans are compelled to satisfy physiological needs first in order to pursue higher levels of intrinsic satisfaction. In order to advance higher-level needs in Maslow's hierarchy, physiological needs must be met first. This means that if a person is struggling to meet their physiological needs, they are unwilling to seek safety, belonging, esteem, and self-actualization on their own. Physiological needs include: Air, Water, Food, Sleep, Clothes, Shelter, Sexual intercourse. These physiological needs must be met in order for the human body to remain in homeostasis.

2. Safety Needs

Once a person's physiological needs are satisfied, their safety needs take precedence and dominate behavior. In the absence of physical safety - due to war, natural disaster, family violence, childhood abuse, etc. and/or in the absence of economic safety - (due to an economic crisis and lack of work opportunities) these safety needs manifest themselves in ways such as a preference for job security, grievance procedures for protecting the individual from unilateral authority, savings accounts, insurance policies, disability accommodations, etc. This level is more likely to predominate in children as they generally have a greater need to feel safe especially children that have disabilities. Adults are also impacted by this, typically in economic matters, adults are not immune to the need of safety. It includes shelter, job security, health, and safe environments. If a person does not feel safe in an environment, they will seek safety before attempting to meet any higher level of survival. This is why the goal of consistently meeting the need for safety is to have stability in one's life, stability brings back the concept of homeostasis for humans, which our bodies need. Safety needs include: Health, Personal security, Emotional security, Financial security.

3. Love and Social Belonging Needs

After physiological and safety needs are fulfilled, the third level of human needs is interpersonal and involves feelings of belongingness. Humans possess an effective need for a sense of belonging and acceptance among social groups, regardless of whether these groups are large or small; being a part of a group is crucial, regardless if it is work, sports, friends or family. The sense of belongingness is being comfortable with and connection to others that results from receiving acceptance, respect, and love. For example, some large social groups may include clubs, co-workers, religious groups, professional organizations, sports teams, gangs, and online communities. Some examples of small social connections include family members, intimate partners, mentors, colleagues, and confidants. Humans need to love and be loved both sexually and non-sexually by others. Many people become susceptible to loneliness, social anxiety, and clinical depression in the absence of this love or belonging element. This need is especially strong in childhood and it can override the need for safety as witnessed in children who cling to abusive parents. Deficiencies due to hospitalism, neglect, shunning, ostracism, etc. can adversely affect the individual's ability to form and maintain emotionally significant relationships in general. Mental health can be a huge factor when it comes to an individual's needs and development. When an individual's needs are not met, it can cause depression during adolescence. When an individual grows up in a higher income family, it is much more likely that they will have a lower rate of depression. This is because all of their basic needs are met. Studies have shown that when a family goes through financial stress for a prolonged amount of time, depression rates are higher, not only because their basic needs are not being met, but because this stress puts a strain on the parent child relationship. The parent(s) is/are stressed about providing for their children, and they are also likely to spend less time at home because they are working more to make more money and provide for their family.

Social belonging needs include: Family, Friendship, Intimacy, Trust, Acceptance,   Receiving and giving love and affection. This need for belonging may overcome the physiological and security needs, depending on the strength of the peer pressure. In contrast, for some individuals, the need for self-esteem is more important than the need for belonging; and for others, the need for creative fulfillment may supersede even the most basic needs.

4. Esteem Needs

Esteem is the respect and admiration of a person, but also self-respect and respect from others. Most people have a need for a stable esteem, meaning which is soundly based on real capacity or achievement. Maslow noted two versions of esteem needs. The lower version of esteem is the need for respect from others, and may include a need for status, recognition, fame, prestige, and attention. The higher version of esteem is the need for self-respect, and can include a need for strength, competence, mastery, self-confidence, independence, and freedom. This higher version takes guidelines, the hierarchies are interrelated rather than sharply separated. This means that esteem and the subsequent levels are not strictly separated; instead, the levels are closely related. Esteem comes from day to day experiences, that provide a learning opportunity which allows us to discover ourselves. This is incredibly important within children, which is why giving them the opportunity to discover they are competent and capable learners. In order to boost this, adults must provide opportunities for children to have successful and positive experiences to give children a greater sense of self. Adults, especially parents and educators must create and ensure an environment for children that is supportive and provides them with opportunities that helps children see themselves as respectable, capable individuals. The need for respect or reputation is most important for children and precedes real self-esteem or dignity, which reflects the two aspects of esteem: for oneself and for others.

5. Self-Actualization

What a person can be must be forms the basis of the perceived need for self-actualization. This level of need refers to the realization of one's full potential. This is the desire to accomplish everything that one can, to become the most that one can be. People may have a strong, particular desire to become an ideal parent, succeed athletically, or create paintings, pictures, or inventions. To understand this level of need, a person must not only succeed in the previous needs but master them. Self-actualization can be described as a value-based system when discussing its role in motivation. Self-actualization is understood as the goal or explicit motive, and the previous stages in Maslow's hierarchy fall in line to become the step-by-step process by which self-actualization is achievable; an explicit motive is the objective of a reward based system that is used to drive completion of certain values or goals. Individuals who are motivated to pursue this goal seek and understand how their needs, relationships, and sense of self are expressed through their behavior. Self-actualization needs include: Partner acquisition, Parenting, Utilizing and developing talents and abilities, Pursuing goals.

Extended Hierarchy of Needs

The original hierarchy of needs was extended and inserted between 4. Esteem Needs and 5. Self-Actualization. The extended stages of human needs are shown and described as follows.

Level

Name Extended Levels Name Categories

8

Transcendence growth needs

5

Self-Actualization

7

Self-Actualization growth needs

6

Aesthetic needs growth needs

5

Cognitive needs growth needs

4

Esteem Needs

4

Esteem Needs deficiency needs

3

Love and Social Belonging Needs

3

Love and Social Belonging Needs deficiency needs

2

Safety Needs

2

Safety Needs deficiency needs

1

Physiological Needs

1

Physiological Needs deficiency needs

5. Cognitive Needs

After esteem needs, cognitive needs come next in the hierarchy of needs. People have cognitive needs such as creativity, foresight, curiosity, and meaning. Individuals who enjoy activities that require deliberation and brainstorming have a greater need for cognition. Individuals who are unmotivated to participate in the activity, on the other hand, have a low demand for cognitive abilities. Cognitive needs crave meaning, information, comprehension and curiosity - this creates a will to learn and attain knowledge. From an educational viewpoint, Maslow wanted humans to have intrinsic motivation to become educated people.

6. Aesthetic Needs

After reaching ones cognitive needs it would progress to aesthetic needs, to beautify ones life. This would consist of having the ability to appreciate the beauty within the world around ones self, on a day to day basis. According to Maslow's theories, in order to progress toward Self-Actualization, humans require beautiful imagery or novel and aesthetically pleasing experiences. Humans must immerse themselves in nature's splendor while paying close attention to and observing their surroundings in order to extract the world's beauty. This higher level need to connect with nature results in an endearing sense of intimacy with nature and all that is endearing. After reaching ones cognitive needs it would progress to aesthetic needs, to beautify oneself. This would consist of improving ones physical appearance to ensure its beauty to balance the rest of the body.

7. Self-Actualization

As described in the original hierarchy of needs based on 5 levels.

8. Transcendence

Maslow later subdivided the triangle's top to include self-transcendence, also known as spiritual needs. Spiritual needs differ from other types of needs in that they can be met on multiple levels. When this need is met, it produces feelings of integrity and raises things to a higher plane of existence. In his later years, Maslow explored a further dimension of motivation, while criticising his original vision of self-actualization. By these later ideas, one finds the fullest realization in giving oneself to something beyond oneself, for example, altruism or spirituality. He equated this with the desire to reach the infinite. Transcendence refers to the very highest and most inclusive or holistic levels of human consciousness, behaving and relating, as ends rather than means, to oneself, to significant others, to human beings in general, to other species, to nature, and to the cosmos.

It is likely that with project 2025 the US will move further down to the lower levels of Maslows Hierarchy of needs.

The Inglehart - Welzel cultural map of the world is a scatter plot based on the World Values Survey and European Values Survey. It shows closely linked cultural values that vary between societies in two dimensions: traditional versus secular-rational values on the vertical y-axis and survival versus self-expression values on the horizontal x-axis. Moving upward on this map reflects the shift from traditional values to secular-rational ones and moving rightward reflects the shift from survival values to self-expression values. The following is the Inglehart-Welzel World Cultural Map for 2020.

[Ref: https://www.worldvaluessurvey.org]

Once again a common sense Mental Model can be used to determine shifts in the US population based on the 2024 presidential election results. Based on what the US people decided to do with the 2024 Presidential election, they have moved from from 1.5 to -0.50 on the Survival versus Self-Expression values scale (horizontal x-axis) and this is where Ukraine was prior to the invasion from Russia and the people of Ukraine that shifted from -0.50 to 1.5 (see Ukrainian Values). Gathering data will determine the actual values in the Inglehart-Welzel World Cultural Map and either validate this Mental Model or tweak it where the number changes are not as drastic as suggested by this mental model. Unlike in Ukraine where social media may have shifted the population in a positive direction, in the US social media may have shifted the population in a negative direction.

References:

[Ref: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inglehart-Welzel_cultural_map_of_the_world]

[Ref: https://www.worldvaluessurvey.org/wvs.jsp]

[Ref: https://www.worldvaluessurvey.org/WVSDocumentationWV7.jsp]

[Ref: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maslow%27s_hierarchy_of_needs]

back to TOC


Sustainable Development Systems Practices

Sustainable Development Systems Practices

  1. Life Cycle Cost
  2. Life Cycle Carbon Load
  3. Internal versus External System Sustainability
  4. New Sustainability Performance Requirements
  5. Financial Metrics and Value
  6. Architecture Identification Tradeoffs and Selection
    1. Value Systems
    2. Advantages Disadvantages List
    3. Sustainability Tradeoff Criteria
    4. Sustainability Tradeoff Matrix
    5. MOE Carbon Based
    6. Other Decision Making Approaches
    7. Architecture Design Selection Big Picture

In 2011 a video was produced for a paper that was presented at an INCOSE technical conference. In 2013 the video was updated and added to a University Level systems engineering course. This video is a good introduction to this area. See Video

Many use the terms sustainability, global warming, and climate change interchangeably even though they each represent different aspects of the challenges. Global warming was used when there was still discussion outside the scientific community of if there is indeed global warming and if human activity is the cause. Today we all know that is a given. Climate change is a subset of sustainability, but it clearly is one of the most important aspects of sustainability today.

The Brundtland Commission defined sustainable development as development that "meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs." Sustainable development is usually divided into social, economic, environmental and institutional areas. The social, economic and environmental areas address key principles of sustainability, while the institutional area addresses key policy and capacity issues.

People should try to live well now and in the future. The issue is the mechanisms they have at their disposal to accommodate that life. One of those mechanisms is systems engineering to develop the most effective solution.

It is obvious that systems practices must be used to address the sustainability challenges of this new century, but those not versed in systems practices have other views. For example, product oriented people feel that their products are a perfect fit in a particular niche of sustainability. Technology people think they have a magic technology that will solve a challenging sustainability issue. Financial people think that tax incentives or virtual markets will spur innovation and let business rise to the occasion of various sustainability needs. Systems practitioners believe that systems engineering is the only way to start to chip away at all complex problems including climate change.

In 2011 a paper was provided that described some of the systems practices to consider when addressing sustainability: Systems Practices for Sustainability. [1] The paper is a summary of the content offered in my university level systems courses and my textbooks. [2] [3] [4] The topics in the paper are:

The paper and a presentation is available at: library link . Paper . Presentation . See Video

The textbooks and courses have additional content. The following is a sampling of some of the additional content. It also has updates to reflect tracking carbon loads.

Life Cycle Cost

[3] [4]

Cost shifting is a prctice where the true system costs are shifted to other stakeholers who may be unaware of their new found responsibility. The Life Cycle Cost (LCC) equation is modified to remove any possibility of cost shifting. A suggestion is to consider the followng cost elements to repersent total cost.

LCC = R+D+P+O+M+W+S+T Where:

R = Research
D = Development
P = Production
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
W = Waste
S = Shut Down and Decommissioning
T = Disposal

An alternative view is: LCC = R+D+P+O+M+S+I+E or PROMISED Where:

R = Research
D = Development
P = Production
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
S = Shut Down & Disposal

I = Infrastructure (Indirect)
E = Environment & Waste

Author Comment: Infrastructure (I) represents the cost of establishing the infrastructure so that others can offer system solutions. Examples are government funded research, development, and operations of air traffic control systems and research and development of airplanes for defense that are then transferred to civilian use. In this setting it is absurd to think a commercial airline company is a real business that funds all its costs. It becomes even more absurd when managers of these entities think they should derive revenue by charging for toilet services while in flight. It would be impossible for these companies to exist if the true cost of flying were factored into the business. They could not exist. The same is true of all the businesses that benefit from the rural electrification program, interstate highways, roads, space satellite systems and a plethora of other infrastructure projects that no business could justify in a reasonable business model. But that does not mean the Infrastructure costs should not be identified for various system solutions. To the contrary they should be clearly identified so that a system does not become a burden on the people.

Life Cycle Carbon Load

[New to reflect carbon load tracking]

The LCC equation is based on tracking costs. The same equation concept can be used to track carbon. A suggestion is to consider the followng carbon load elements to repersent total carbon load.

LCCL = M+P+D+O+M+W+S+T Where:

M = Mining
P = Production
D = Distribution
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
W = Waste
S = Shut Down and Decommissioning
T = Disposal

A key observation is that Carbon load is directly related to energy, electrical power, and thus costs.

LCCL ~ Power ~ Costs

In order to prevent erroneous results in some cases, the power load should be used as the tracking unit. For example, a building deciding to purchase from green energy companies and then claiming lower carbon levels is just an accounting trick. The building was not updated to actually reduce its carbon load and it should not be rated with the lower green carbon load. Green power is distributed across the entire infrastructure and it benefits the entire infrastructure equally. This is actually a compromised system approach subverting the actual system goal. It's a compromised management trick to address the carbon load stakeholders and they have become unsuspecting victims of cost shifting or in this case carbon shifting.

This does not mean that organizations should not source green power. This sourcing with higher utility bills is a way to finance green power alternatives and allow the infrastructure to transition to new systems. That is how it should be communicated and claimed.

Internal versus External System Sustainability

[3] [4]

Internal system sustainability is the ability of a system to sustain itself. Bad systems should fail and disappear, however what should a people do if good systems fail and disappear. There are system designs in every aspect of our society filling key needs. These designs have evolved and matured through the ages. On Earth many of the solutions use designs from all our ages. As we look at our modern world we need to understand it is not a measure of the state of the entire planet. As a result we as a species are not operating at our full potential.

Who decides the difference between a good and a bad system? For example what if the clean safe water delivery systems in the U.S. were permitted to fail and go away to be replaced with bottled water? All communities have a maturity level and it should never be assumed that a community can sustain its' current level of existence without serious effort.

External sustainability is a measure of a systems impact on its surrounding community. This is the traditional ecological view of sustainability. Some will point to a scale where one balances the other, however it is not an either or proposition. The easy way out is totally unacceptable. Somehow internal and external sustainability must be addressed.

It is easy to slip into simple economic views of the problem. However stepping back and doing things like drawing simple context diagrams and then attempting to go into the context diagrams may yield important insights.

The key new ideas are:

New Sustainability Performance Requirements

[3] [4]

In keeping with the system practice of identifying new measures of performance for new systems or new views of systems, new performance requirements should be surfaced when addressing sustainability. The following is a suggested list of new sustainability performance requirements. They are based on key ratios associated with any product or system. The ratios use the expected load on the system. So first the loads are calculated, then the key ratios are determined. The sustainability performance loads are as follows:

These loads should be minimized in the system. In addition the system should be in balance. To maintain this balance key ratios also should be minimized. The sustainability performance ratios are:

Example: Unsustainable Packaging

The goal is to minimize the total sustainability performance loads and the sustainability performance ratios in the system. For example, if the total load of PEC + TEC + CEC is minimized and yet the packaging is so small that the content is "less" than the package, then the question must be asked - is the system violating basic common sense related to sustainability? The following is a list of packaging practices and their characteristics:

Once multiplied by millions or hundreds of millions this translates into enormous waste of resources and can be measured as high PCER and PCCR ratios.

Example: Unsustainable Transport

Does it make sense to manufacture an item and transport it across a continent or around the world? The high TCER and TCCR ratios clearly show the sustainable approach. So how did we get into a situation where products are constantly moving across the planet? This is a difficult question and fundamental to the question of being systems driven or finance driven.

In the U.S. during the early 1970's there was a significant argument against the new Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) because the new environmental regulations the EPA needed to enforce were encouraging rust belt industries to relocate to countries with little or no environmental regulations. This was the start of offshore production and one of the major reasons for new trends against government bureaucracy and its role in U.S. society.

In a perfect world the financial analysis results would match the system analysis results. However in an imperfect world with artificial markets and indirect cost shifting we see our current state of affairs. The system analysts can build the models, perform the analysis and show the inefficiency in the markets and its impact on sustainability. It is then up to policy makers to determine how to proceed.

Example: Think Local Production and Distribution

Reducing energy and carbon ratios translates into local production and distribution of products. The issue is how to factor the true costs of producing a product into a mechanism so that location and distribution is not driven by the most clever scheme of offsetting indirect costs but the lowest impact on the whole system. This is an example of making sure the context diagram is large enough to represent the true system and not some artificial boundary driven by a limited set of stakeholders.

One approach is to clearly attempt to measure the performance of a product and its impact on the whole system. The TCER, TCCR, PCER, and PCCR are relatively easy to calculate. The issue is what to do once the performance numbers are produced. Policy makers may force a tax or consumers might choose to purchase based on the ratios. Then there is the question of how to validate the claimed ratios.

The simple act of just thinking local might be all that is needed, but that does not necessarily mean a local production facility has the lowest ratios. It may help a people with regulations such as the U.S. but it is of little use to a people with little or no regulations.

Financial Metrics and Value

[3] [4]

Financial metrics falls under the broad area of economics. They are based on two important economic principles: (1) Fixed and Variable Costs, and (2) Supply Versus Demand. Everyone is familiar with financial metrics and many erroneously believe all decisions should be based exclusively on one or more of these financial metrics. Examples of financial metrics are:

However, value is not only financial but also non-financial. For example, some value a day at the beach more than a day at the mountains. How do you capture the value of a bridge that connects two cities? How do you capture the value of a road that heads into a wilderness? These are interesting questions and they were addressed in the last century.

There is a technique that is based on a simple concept - value is more than apparent financial results. Apparent because it is all relative to your context or view. For example, it might make sense to do something because it can translate into thousands of jobs or it can cause people to view a physical land area as attractive so they will move there and buy houses and or open businesses. These can be reduced to dollar numbers but it is more complex . It uses the following elements:

Architecture Identification Tradeoffs and Selection

[3] [4]

At some point architecture alternatives, tradeoffs, and selection need to be addressed. Are there any unique tradeoff criteria to consider when selecting an architecture? How can the architectures be depicted? What process can be reasonably followed to select the architecture especially when sustainability surfaces? The following is a list of possible new sustainable related criteria to consider in architecture development:

To start the process, identify the architecture alternatives. The identification includes the name of the architecture, a simple picture and a few words that capture the essence of the architecture approach. This is limited to a single page for each architecture approach.

Sustainable Architecture Depiction - Sankey Diagram

What should be considered in the architecture of a power generation system for a community? If the focus is on a new wind farm that will produce power does it make sense to use one type of wind turbine in a homogeneous system or should the system solution use multiple sizes and types of wind turbines in a heterogeneous architecture arrangement? Should the architecture use different energy generation technologies? What are the maintenance and support impacts of heterogeneous architectures and are they mitigated by the advantages?

Identifying the architecture alternatives, surfacing the tradeoff criteria and selecting the most effective architecture is one of the most important practices in systems engineering. It is especially important when questions of sustainability surface.

The following discussion includes a description of the steps to perform when performing this analysis and so at times it reads like an instructions manual.

Value Systems

When there are different architecture alternatives what methods can be used to pick the best approach? Within this question is the concept of value systems. There are different value systems that can be used to make a selection; most of them based on financial metrics. However, there is an alternative to using strictly financial metrics to make a selection. Except for the MOE, the following is a list of financial value systems.

Although most are familiar with various financial value systems, many outside the systems engineering community are not familiar with the Measure of Effectiveness (MOE) that can be calculated with each architecture approach. The Architecture MOE is the sum of the tradeoff ratings divided by the total cost or LCC.

MOE = Sum of Tradeoff Criteria / Total Cost or LCC

The Architecture MOE moves the architecture selection discussion to a different level. One solution might be lowest cost, another highest cost, and yet a third with a mid-level cost. The same applies to the tradeoff rating where one solution might have the highest rating, another the lowest, and yet a third with a middle rating. The most effective solution is the one with the best Architecture MOE. The MOE represents the greatest benefit per dollar spent.

Advantages Disadvantages List

In the beginning of the architecture trade study there is nothing, just a blank sheet of paper. The first step is to identify architecture alternatives, no matter how bizarre. One of the alternatives is the current approach. Another alternative is the dream approach. They form two extremes. The other approaches are everything in between. The alternatives are listed on a single sheet of paper and two columns are added. They are labeled advantages and disadvantages.

This is kept on a single sheet of paper so it can be easily visualized allowing the analysts to quickly get to the key issues. The objective is to minimize irrelevant information and quickly cut down on the alternatives. If there are only two alternatives, something is wrong. If there are ten alternatives, something is wrong. The answer is in between, and should include the impossible alternatives.

List of Advantages Disadvantages

Architecture Advantages Disadvantages
Approach 1 Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Advantage 3
Disadvantage 1
Disadvantage 2
Approach 2 Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Disadvantage 1
Disadvantage 2
Approach n Advantage 1 Disadvantage 1

The advantages-disadvantages or pluses-minuses tables are very important. It is at this time that the key tradeoff criteria start to surface. These tradeoff criteria are used in the next phase of the architecture trade study.

Sustainability Tradeoff Criteria

Using the advantages and disadvantages table, start to surface tradeoff criteria that naturally flow into the tradeoff matrix. Although there are tradeoff criteria unique to sustainability, the architecture tradeoff should still consider system relevant criteria. These criteria can be general and applicable to any architecture.

The following are General Tradeoff Criteria:

Resilience
Robustness
Ruggedness
Survivability
Brittleness
Flexibility
Reconfigureability
Scalability
Stability
Controllability
Elegance
Symmetry
Beauty
Simplicity
Reasonableness
Transition
Interoperability
Usability
Availability
Fault tolerance
Graceful degradation
Performance
Capacity
Growth
Technology insertion
Ability to meet requirements
Performance
User acceptability
Produce-ability
Testability
Reliability
Maintainability
Training
Supportability
Survivability
Comfort
Sustainability
Effectiveness
Safety
Security
Vulnerability
Deployment
Shutdown
Disposal

The following are Sustainability Tradeoff Criteria:

Carbon Pollution
Water Pollution
Land Pollution
Air Pollution
Noise Pollution
Visual Pollution
Fuel Sustainability
Regeneration
Progress
Model Results
Internal Sustainability
External Sustainability
Survivability
Population Growth
Standard Of Living
Social Mobility
Freedom and Liberty
Quality Of Life
Happiness

Sustainability Tradeoff Matrix

List the tradeoff criteria in rows and place the alternatives in columns. Rate each criterion for each alternative. The values can be 1-3, 1-4, 1-10, or a ranking of each alternative relative to the other alternatives. If using high, medium, or low, they can be translated to numbers. In the beginning of the trade study, fill in each cell of the matrix with a rating even if there is no supporting data. It is an educated guess based on current knowledge and perceptions. Play with each approach. Do this in one day.

Now comes the hard part of moving the content of the tradeoff matrix to fully vetted content approved by all the stakeholders. Examine the criterion and architecture alternatives. Examine each intersection or cell. Identify studies, techniques, methods and approaches to convert the initial gut-based ratings into ratings backed by sound scientific and engineering principles. This is performed as a group using hard science, soft science, and everything else in that order to back up the numbers. Document the logic even if it is just bullets on a chart.

Architecture Tradeoff Matrix

Criteria A1 A2 AN Wt A1 A2 AN
Criterion 1 5 7 9 1 5 7 9
Criterion 2 5 5 8 5 25 25 40
Criterion 3 5 5 6 1 5 5 6
Criterion 4 5 6 6 2 10 12 12
Criterion 5 5 9 8 3 15 27 24
Criterion Y 5 9 8 1 5 9 8
Total 30 41 45 - 65 85 99

Take snapshots and change the cells of the tradeoff matrix. Add weights to the criteria based on continued refined analysis of the problem. Some criteria may disappear and others may surface. Don't be afraid to call the team in and have everyone enter their view of the rating for each cell, no matter how detached they may be from the detailed studies. At some point some criteria will become a wash and go away while others become very different or new criterion are added.

Sum the total for each approach. This is the rating for each architecture alternative. Keep it simple at first and do not use weights until there are some initial results. As more insight is gained apply a different weight to each criterion and change the total.

Develop initial costs and total life cycle costs (LCC) for each approach. Take each rating and divide it by the initial cost. That is the initial Architecture MOE. It is a measure of goodness of each approach for each dollar spent. Do the same thing for the life cycle cost and see if they are different. Pick the architecture that has the highest MOE when all costs are considered (the LCC). This yields the biggest advantage for each unit of cost.

Architecture MOE

Criteria A1 A2 AN Wt A1 A2 AN
Total 30 41 45 65 85 99
LCC 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.4
MOE 30 34 32 65 71 71

The LCC is normalized.
Adding cost shows that Arch 2 is more effective than Arch N.
Weights shows Arch 2 becomes less effective and matches Arch N.

What should the tradeoff criteria include? That is really something the team decides. It is part of the discovery process. However, a word of caution: the tradeoff criteria should not include cost or requirements. It is a given that all solutions will satisfy the known requirements at some cost. Cost should be used at the bottom of the tradeoff where each approach's total rating is divided by cost. This essentially identifies the goodness of each approach per unit of cost: this is called the Architecture Measure of Effectiveness or Architecture MOE.

The tradeoff study is not about the numbers in the matrix. It is about the journey to populate the matrix. Anyone can go into a closed room, fill in a matrix, and emerge to dictate that this is the answer. That is a failed effort.

A team populates the tradeoff matrix where each architecture camp makes their position. As they find weakness in their architecture alternative, they then proceed to modify it until the weakness is mitigated or completely removed. As long as the architecture concept remains in place it matures and moves from a straw man approach that is easy to knock down to an iron man then stone man architecture that is difficult to knock down. This holds for all the architecture approaches considered in the tradeoff matrix. So, the tradeoff matrix is a framework to capture the quantitative study results and the qualitative arguments. It summarizes the arguments, positions, and journey that are captured in the architecture study.

MOE Carbon Based

[New to reflect carbon load tracking]

The MOE equation used LCC to determine the most effective architecture per total dollars spent. The MOE can use other criteria rather than money to deternine the most effective architecture including carbon load. The MOE equation is:

MOE = Sum of Tradeoff Criteria / Total Cost or LCC where LCC is:

LCC = R+D+P+O+M+S+I+E or PROMISED

R = Research
D = Development
P = Production
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
S = Shut Down & Disposal
I = Infrastructure (Indirect)
E = Environment & Waste

The MOE equation for the most effective carbon load architecture is:

MOE = Sum of Tradeoff Criteria / Total Cost or LCCL where LCCL is:

LCCL = M+P+D+O+M+W+S+T

M = Mining
P = Production
D = Distribution
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
W = Waste
S = Shut Down and Decommissioning
T = Disposal

Other Decision Making Approaches

[3] [4]

There are other decsion making approaches. They are as follows:

The Architecture Design Selection (ADS) decision making approach was partially described in this section. It uses:

Architecture Design Selection Big Picture

So architecture selection is a trade study. The most important aspect of the trade study is not the results but the journey. It is during the journey that the stakeholders learn things about the alternatives and ramifications of those alternatives that would normally never surface. Many people try to complicate the architecture tradeoff study because they attempt to document the journey without realizing they are documenting the journey. Once that simple realization sinks in then the documented journey is a pleasure to read and understand.

Author Comment: I would like to offer a personal example, which I believe, hits the nail right on the head relative to all value systems. I will never forget when my new wife and I went on our first trip to a challenged country in 1980. We stayed at a fabulous resort right out of a James Bond Movie. Eventually we took a pink jeep into town and I will never forget what I saw. As far as I could see there were people with picks and shovels digging a trench by the side of the road. The reality is if you just look at traditional financial numbers, you can never justify the cost of a bulldozer over the cost of these poor people digging with a pick and a shovel. This is the trap of third world thinking. Instead of buying a bulldozer and freeing these people to become bulldozer operators they were stuck in the mud and dirt. You need to punch through to another level of thinking.

Author Comment: When you investigate the MOE topic in other documents be aware that some confuse tradeoff criteria with MOE. The MOE is one thing and it is defined as the sum of all the tradeoff criteria numbers divided by the total life cycle cost. This is done for each architecture approach. In these documents they erroneously call the tradeoff criteria the MOE and then they mention it in the plural as MOEs. Then they never really say how you pick an approach. They sprinkle cost into the middle of the tradeoff items. I attribute this to the finance types running amok in the past 30 years.

Author Comment: There are also those that confuse the MOE with cost benefit analysis . The problem with cost benefit analysis is that financial metrics drive the answer rather than function and performance. So when they address a problem they usually get a very low quality solution or a non-working solution.

There should be typically 5 architecture designs tracked for a very long period of time. The LCC people should not be called until the system architecture designs are deeply understood from a functional and performance point of view. The architectures must survive the criteria ratings first. The analysts should not be tainted by early views of the costs until the architectures have been fully understood.

References

[1] Systems Practices for Sustainability, Walter Sobkiw, Published and used by INCOSE with permission, 2011.

[2] Sustainable development Possible with Creative Systems Engineering, Walter Sobkiw, 2008. ISBN 9780615216300.

[3] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020.

[4] Systems Engineering Design Renaissance, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253075, 2014.

back to TOC


Technology Assessment [1] [2]

When moving forward with potential system solutions to address Climate Change technology assessment is a key systems analysis that must be part of the solution space.

Technology assessment has always been a part of systems engineering. However, it was more of an ad hoc process closely related to research and development cultures rather than development or production process oriented cultures. That process started to be formalized by NASA in 1974. Some organizations included the activity as part of feasibility analysis and studies. Many project problems and failures have been attributed to poor requirements. However, history keeps repeating itself and there is evidence to suggest that in some of these cases there is a lack of understanding the maturity of the technologies for a successful project. Understanding the maturity of the key technologies and identifying technological advancement will help projects to understand their challenges and avoid technology surprises. Technology assessment consists of performing a Technology Maturity Assessment (TMA) / Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) assessment and an Advancement Degree of Difficulty Assessment (AD2).

Technology assessment should start very early in the concept phase, continue as part of the architecture development and selection, and proceed during design and implementation. The initial TMA is a baseline maturity of the systems technologies. It allows for monitoring progress as the system unfolds.

Some suggest that the final TMA be performed as part of the preliminary design review. However, key technologies associated with implementation, verification, validation, maintenance, training, installation, switch on, decommissioning, and disposal may need to be understood throughout the systems life. For example, disposal may have significant sustainability needs and the technologies may need to be tracked and matured as the system ages but before its disposal and abandonment.

There is a two-way relationship between technology assessment and other system engineering practices. As the engineering offers a potential solution to subject to technology assessment, the assessment offers its findings, which then alters the potential solution. This relationship is especially important in the concept and architecture stages. A poor foundation will only lead to serious problems as a system unfolds.

The technology assessment needs to be done against something tangible and traceable to the project. The problem is that at the early concept stage a system block diagram, architecture, or product break down may be unavailable. A suggestion is to try to list the technologies alongside the context diagram or concept diagram. Eventually the technology assessment should be organized by systems, subsystems, and components, which should be traceable to the work break down structure, so that reporting is in a form that facilitates the project cost and schedule tracking mechanisms including Earned Value Management System (EVMS).

Although technology assessment is performed throughout the life cycle it is extremely important when considering alternative system architectures. Many times, architecture selection is based on the underlying technologies.

Technology assessment is used to determine the need to develop or inject technological advances into a system. The first step is to determine the current technological maturity level of the system in terms of Technology Readiness Levels (TRL). The second is to determine the difficulty with moving a technology from one TRL to the next using an Advancement Degree of Difficulty Assessment (AD2).

TRL is a gage that measures the state of the art of a technology. There are different TRL scales associated with different organizations. There is overlap between the different scales and some translation may be needed as part of establishing the TRL scale for an organization. Different organizations offer TRL scales:

The following table shows the TRLs.

Technology Readiness Level (TRL) TRL Description
0. Basic Research with future capability in mind Systematic study directed toward greater knowledge or understanding of the fundamental aspects of phenomena and /or observable facts with only a general notion of applications or products in mind. Many levels of scientific activity are included here but share the attribute that the technology readiness is not yet achieved.
1. Basic principles observed and reported Lowest level of technology readiness. Scientific research begins to be translated into applied research and development. Examples might include paper studies of a technology's basic properties.
2. Technology concept and/or application formulated Invention begins. Once basic principles are observed, practical applications can be invented. Applications are speculative and there may be no proof or detailed analysis to support the assumptions. Examples are limited to analytic studies.
3. Analytical and experimental critical function and/or characteristic proof of concept Active research and development is initiated. This includes analytical studies and laboratory studies to physically validate analytical predictions of separate elements of the technology. Examples include components that are not yet integrated or representative.
4. Component and/or breadboard validation in laboratory environment Basic technological components are integrated to establish that they will work together. This is relatively low fidelity compared to the eventual system. Examples include integration of ad hoc hardware in the laboratory.
5. Component and/or breadboard validation in relevant environment Fidelity of breadboard technology increases significantly. The basic technological components are integrated with reasonably realistic supporting elements so it can be tested in a simulated environment. Examples include high fidelity laboratory integration of components.
6. System/subsystem model or prototype demonstration in a relevant environment Representative model or prototype system, which is well beyond that of TRL 5, is tested in a relevant environment. Represents a major step up in a technology's demonstrated readiness. Examples include testing a prototype in a high-fidelity laboratory environment or in simulated operational environment.
7. System prototype demonstration in an operational environment Prototype near, or at, planned operational system. Represents a major step up from TRL 6, requiring demonstration of an actual system prototype in an operational environment. Examples include testing the prototype in a test bed.
8. Actual system completed and qualified through test and demonstration Technology has been proven to work in its final form and under expected conditions. In almost all cases, this TRL represents the end of true system development. Examples include developmental test and evaluation of the system in its intended use to determine if it meets design specifications.
9. Actual system proven through successful  operations Actual application of the technology in its final form and under real world conditions. Examples include using the system under operational mission conditions.

The following table shows the TRL levels and the corresponding  AD2 Level so that there is a clear indication of not only the TRL but also the difficulty of moving to the next TRL.

TRL and AD2 Level and General Maturing Activities (TRL = AD2) Status Risk
0. Requires new basic research. There is little to draw from for this basic research and there is little basic research success. There are massive knowledge gaps. No one knows how this can be accomplished.

Chaos
RED

99%+

1. Requires new development outside of any existing experience base. No viable approaches exist that can be pursued with any degree of confidence. Basic research in key areas needed before feasible approaches can be defined.

Chaos
RED

90%+

2. Requires new development where similarity to existing experience base can be defined only in the broadest sense. Multiple development routes must be pursued.

Unknown Unknowns
RED

80%

3. Requires new development but similarity to existing experience is sufficient to warrant comparison in only a subset of critical areas. Multiple development routes must be pursued.

Unknown Unknowns
RED

70%

4. Requires new development but similarity to existing experience is sufficient to warrant comparison on only a subset of critical areas. Dual development approaches should be pursued in order to achieve a moderate degree of confidence for success. (desired performance can be achieved in subsequent block upgrades with high degree of confidence.

Unknown Unknowns
RED

60% normally 50%

5. Requires new development but similarity to existing experience is sufficient to warrant comparison in all critical areas. Dual development approaches should be pursued to provide a high degree of confidence for success.

Known Unknowns
YELLOW

40%

6. Requires new development but similarity to existing experience is sufficient to warrant comparison across the board. A single development approach can be taken with a high degree of confidence for success.

Well Understood
GREEN

30%

7. Requires new development well within the experience base. A single development approach is adequate.

Well Understood
GREEN

20%

8. Exists but requires major modifications. A single development approach is adequate.

Well Understood
GREEN

10%

9. Exists with no or only minor modifications being required. A single development approach is adequate.

Well Understood
GREEN

00%


The Big Picture

It looks like no technology is ready until it flies in space or in a real operational setting. Makes sense, it is a reasonable expectation. It also looks like there are steppingstones that need to be touched as a technology is matured. That also makes sense. Bypass one of the steppingstones and you may not capture a cost schedule box that is needed to make the next step work. It also makes sense from the point of view of small goals small cost schedule risk. If you can make it through a gate or a steppingstone then you should try the next steppingstone or gate. If, you try to leapfrog, you may never know that the first steppingstone contains showstoppers that will not allow the technology to mature without decades of work.

There is another perspective that might make planning easier. Think in terms of prototypes that evolve to a final real world solution:

Each prototype has a cost and schedule estimates. If progress is good, then all is well. If the team gets stuck at one of the levels then a decision needs to be made, stop the effort, or change direction. The trick is to not lie about the function performance of each steppingstone. In the end the field will reject the system, after great cost and time, if the team was in denial and missed the true technology needs of the system.

The devil is in the details. In the end a technology will only surface and mature because people with great perseverance focus on the details to make everything work elegantly. If no one is focused on the details, or if they do not have the authority to focus on the details, the technology development will fail. At the same time there needs to be people looking at the big picture and willing to think outside the box to determine if a new direction is needed. It's possible the current approach where everyone is focused on the details may be a dead end.

References

[1] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020.

[2] Systems Engineering Design Renaissance, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253075, 2014.

back to TOC


Earth System Boundaries and Systems Balance

09/17/24 (initial release, multiple updates)

This analysis examines Climate Change Earth System Boundaries and Systems Balance. The Earth System is composed of thousands of subsystems, each with their own functions and performance levels. Those engaged in the analysis of Earth Climate and the Earth Environment have identified their own sets of subsystems with associated functions and performance levels. A review of this type analysis is provided with an assessment of the role and impacts of ventilation moving forward.

Planetary Boundaries

Planetary boundaries are a framework to describe limits to the impacts of human activities on the Earth system. Beyond these limits, the environment may be unable to self regulate leading to instability where the Earth system would leave the stability of the Holocene, in which human society developed. The framework is based on scientific evidence that human actions since the Industrial Revolution are the main source of global environmental change. According to the framework: transgressing one or more planetary boundaries may be deleterious or even catastrophic due to the risk of crossing thresholds that will trigger non-linear, abrupt environmental change within continental-scale to planetary-scale systems. [1]

The framework consists of nine global change processes.

In 2009 three boundaries were already crossed (biodiversity loss, climate change and nitrogen cycle), while others were in imminent danger of being crossed. In 2015, several of the scientists in the original group published an update, bringing in new co-authors and new model-based analysis. According to this update, four of the boundaries were crossed: climate change, loss of biosphere integrity, land-system change, altered biogeochemical cycles (phosphorus and nitrogen).[7] The scientists also changed the name of the boundary "Loss of biodiversity" to "Change in biosphere integrity" to emphasize that not only the number of species but also the functioning of the biosphere as a whole is important for Earth system stability. Similarly, the "Chemical pollution" boundary was renamed to "Introduction of novel entities", widening the scope to consider different kinds of human-generated materials that disrupt Earth system processes.

Table: Planetary Boundaries (2023) [1]

Earth System Process

Control variable

Boundary Value (2023)

Current Value

Boundary Exceeded

Preindustrial Holocene
(base value
)

1. Climate change

Atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration (ppm by volume) See also: Tipping point (climatology) [2]

350

417

yes

280

Same as above

Total anthropogenic radiative forcing at top of atmosphere (W/m2) since the start of the industrial revolution (~1750)

1.0

2.91

yes

0

2. Change in biosphere integrity

Genetic diversity: Extinction rate measured as E/MSY (extinctions per million species-years)

<10 E/MSY but with an aspirational goal of ca. 1 E/MSY (assumed background rate of extinction loss)

>100 E/MSY

yes

1 E/MSY

Same as above

Functional diversity: energy available to ecosystems (NPP) (% HANPP)

HANPP (in billion tones of C year-1) <10% of preindustrial Holocene NPP, i.e., >90% remaining for supporting biosphere function

30% HANPP

yes

1.9% (2 sigma variability of preindustrial Holocene century mean NPP)

3. Biogeochemical

Phosphate global: P flow from freshwater systems into the ocean; regional: P flow from fertilizers to erodible soils (Tg of P year-1)

Phosphate global: 11 Tg of P year-1; regional: 6.2 Tg of P year-1 mined and applied to erodible (agricultural) soils.

Global: 22 Tg of P year-1; regional: 17.5 Tg of P year-1

yes

0

Same as above

Nitrogen global: industrial and intentional fixation of N (Tg of N year-1)

62

190

yes

0

4. Ocean acidification

Global mean saturation state of calcium carbonate in surface seawater (omega units)

2.75

2.8

no

3.44

5. Land use

Part of forests rested intact (percent)

75 from all forests including 85 from Boreal forest, 50 from Temperate forests and 85 from Tropical forests

Global: 60

yes

100

6. Freshwater change

Blue water: human induced disturbance of blue water flow

Upper limit (95th percentile) of global land area with deviations greater than during preindustrial, Blue water: 10.2%

18.2%

yes

9.4%

Same as above

Green water: human induced disturbance of water available to plants (% land area with deviations from preindustrial variability)

11.1%

15.8%

yes

9.8%

7. Ozone depletion

Stratospheric ozone concentration (Dobson units)

276

284.6

no

290

8. Atmospheric aerosols

Interhemispheric difference in AOD (Aerosol Optical Depth)

0.1 (mean annual interhemispheric difference)

0.076

no

0.03

9. Novel entities

Percentage of synthetic chemicals released to the environment without adequate safety testing

0

Transgressed

yes

0

This Planetary Boundaries analysis suggests that there is a grave need to do something.

Tipping Points [2]

In climate science, a tipping point is a critical threshold that, when crossed, leads to large, accelerating and often irreversible changes in the climate system. If tipping points are crossed, they are likely to have severe impacts on human society and may accelerate global warming. A danger is that if the tipping point in one system is crossed, this could cause a cascade of other tipping points, leading to severe, potentially catastrophic, impacts. Crossing a threshold in one part of the climate system may trigger another tipping element to tip into a new state. For example, ice loss in West Antarctica and Greenland will significantly alter ocean circulation. Sustained warming of the northern high latitudes as a result of this process could activate tipping elements in that region, such as permafrost degradation, and boreal forest dieback.

Proposed Climate tipping elements and tipping points:

  1. Greenland Ice Sheet (collapse)
  2. West Antarctic Ice Sheet (collapse)
  3. Labrador-Irminger Seas/SPG Convection (collapse)
  4. East Antarctic Subglacial Basins (collapse)
  5. Arctic Winter Sea Ice (collapse)
  6. East Antarctic Ice Sheet (collapse)
  7. Amazon Rainforest (dieback)
  8. Boreal Permafrost (collapse)
  9. Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (collapse)

Proposed Regional impact tipping elements:

  1. Barents Sea Ice (abrupt loss)
  2. Boreal Forest (northern expansion)
  3. Boreal Forest (southern dieoff)
  4. Boreal Permafrost (abrupt thaw)
  5. Low-latitude Coral Reefs (dieoff)
  6. Mountain Glaciers (loss)
  7. Sahel and W.African Monsoon (greening)

The concept of earth system boundaries is further extended into the social justice realms. The following is an excerpt from a study that explores this area.

The health of the planet and its people are at risk. The deterioration of the global commons --- ie, the natural systems that support life on Earth --- is exacerbating energy, food, and water insecurity, and increasing the risk of disease, disaster, displacement, and conflict. In this Commission, we quantify safe and just Earth-system boundaries (ESBs) and assess minimum access to natural resources required for human dignity and to enable escape from poverty. Collectively, these describe a safe and just corridor that is essential to ensuring sustainable and resilient human and planetary health and thriving in the Anthropocene. We then discuss the need for translation of ESBs across scales to inform science-based targets for action by key actors (and the challenges in doing so), and conclude by identifying the system transformations necessary to bring about a safe and just future. [3]

###

Earth system boundaries in this analysis are:

  1. Climate: a maximum of 1·0°C of global warming
  2. Biosphere Natural ecosystem area: >50–60% should be largely intact, depending on spatial distribution (upper end recommended)
  3. Biosphere Functional integrity: >20–25% of each km² should comprise natural or semi-natural vegetation
  4. Freshwater Surface water flow: <20% monthly flow alteration (aligned with WHO and UN Environment Programme quality standards)
  5. Freshwater Groundwater: annual drawdown from natural and anthropogenic factors does not exceed recharge (aligned with WHO and UN Environment Programme quality standards)
  6. Nutrients Nitrogen: surplus <57 (uncertainty range 34–74) Tg per year (total input <134 [85–170] Tg per year)
  7. Nutrients Phosphorus: surplus <4·5–9 (the ESB itself is the uncertainty range) Tg per year (mined input <16 [uncertainty range 8–17] Tg per year); aligned with local boundary to avoid eutrophication (<50–100 mg per m³)
  8. Aerosols and air pollution: annual mean interhemispheric aerosol optical depth difference <0·15 (aligned with an annual limit of 15 µg/m³ of particulate matter smaller than 2·5 µm in diameter). Seven of the eight globally defined ESBs have already been crossed. At the local level, in more than 50% of land area, at least two local ESBs have been transgressed, with 86% of humans living in these areas.

The issue is that not all the people of earth have the same levels of access to food, water, and other items attributed to different levels of quality of life as defined by the World Health Organization (WHO) and this study. [3]. If the entire earth population is moved to Level 1 and Level 2 while also maintaining the status quo for the remaining populations, there is an impact on the earth system boundaries. The following figure shows the additional biophysical pressure of providing minimum access levels 1 and 2 by 2050 to those living without minimum access without transformation.

Figure: Additional Biophysical Levels 1 and 2 Pressure [3]

This Tipping Points analysis suggests that there is a grave need to do something.

Systems Balance

Systems balance is a concept of examining a system architecture and determining if there are subsystems that are severely out of balance with the other subsystems. For example, on an aircraft weight is an important system requirement and all the aircraft subsystems weights need to be identified and added together to determine if the aircraft weight meets the intended requirement. If one subsystem is being forced to reduce weight beyond reasonable technology, cost, or other elements while other subsystems can easily meet the reduced weight contributions - the system is out of balance. It must be balanced where all the subsystems are treated equally in terms of reasonableness of technology, design, production and operations.

A key question is what is the system balance when considering general carbon footprint, ventilation carbon footprint and public health? Also are there system boundaries associated with ventilation and public health? We know the CDC guidance in 2024 is for all facilities to have a minimum of 5 ACH. We also know that for airborne infection hospital rooms the requirement is 12+ ACH and for hospital delivery rooms it is 15+ ACH. So the healthy ventilation system boundary is a minimum of 5+ ACH with the goals of 15+ ACH. Given this, what is the current infrastructure and what will it cost in terms of ventilation carbon foot print to move to higher ACH levels and will that result in an unbalanced system.

Ventilation Carbon Footprint Impacts

The previous Tipping Points analysis does not address the new pressures faced by the status quo. One of those new pressures is the rise of respiratory diseases such as COVID19 from modern buildings. The world recently experienced a respiratory disease disaster that killed millions of people and shutdown whole societies for over a year. Some analysis suggests that this disaster was avoidable with proper ventilation levels within modern buildings, airplanes, and airports. [5] However, this ventilation comes at a carbon cost. Then there is the reality that as Earth warms, air conditioning will continue to increase, further putting pressure on the carbon footprint. These numbers are easily calculated but at this point no one is addressing this key issue.

Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment energy consumption in commercial buildings is approximately 40% to 60% of the total building energy consumption depending on climate and other factors. Commercial buildings world’s total energy supply consumption is approximately 12% according to estimates from Oak Ridge National Laboratory. [6] This suggests that global HVAC carbon contribution is 4.8% - 7.2%. The current average air changes per hour (ACH) is 2 ACH. The current CDC guidance is to provide a minimum of 5 ACH in all buildings. To increase the ACH levels the HVAC fans need to be turned ON to recirculate the air within a facility. Since it is recirculated air, it does not need to be conditioned and the energy consumption is based only on the fan motors which is ~10% of the power needs of the HVAC system. This suggests that for 1 ACH level increase the energy increase in 0.48% - 0.72%. Moving from 2 ACH to 5 ACH would increase the energy to 1.44% to 2.16% or 0.68 Gt to 1.02 Gt of CO2. If UV technologies were to be rolled out to the infrastructure the increase in CO2 globally would be only ~17% of the 1.1 - 1.7 Gt or 0.19 Gt to 0.29 Gt. This analysis suggests that increasing ACH levels in facilities is negligible and should not be a factor in any climate action planning activities other that to ensure the minimum ACH levels recommended to minimize the spread of resperatory infections and the number as of 2024 is 5 ACH.

Model Items

Earth Global Numbers

Sources and Equations

1. HVAC Energy Consumption in commercial buildings

40% to 60%

[6]
2. Commercial buildings world’s total energy consumption

12%

[6]
3. HVAC carbon contribution

4.8% - 7.2%

3 = 1 * 2 (ACH avg = 2)
4. Exististing Average ACH

2

[5] [7]
5. ACH Minimum Level

5

CDC 2024 Guidance, CDC has no regulatory authority
6. FAN Percent of HVAC Power (Recirculated Air)

10%

Air is not conditioned because it is recirculated through filters
7. For 1 ACH Level Increase

0.48% - 0.72%

7 = 3 * 6 (ACH avg = 2 but 1 was used to error on high side)
8. Moving from 2 to 5 ACH Energy Increase

1.44% - 2.16%

8 = (5-4) * 7
9. Climate Change Gt

47.4 Gt

[3] see above Figure: Additional Biophysical Levels 1 and 2 Pressure
10. Healthy Ventilation Gt Increase using Mechanical Ventilation

0.68 - 1.02 Gt

10 = 9 * 8
11. UV Power Versus Mechanical Power Ventilation

17%

See section Ventilation Tradeoffs
12. Healthy Ventilation Gt Increase using UV Ventilation

0.12 Gt - 0.17 Gt

12 = 10 * 11

Model item #6 FAN Percent of HVAC Power (Recirculated Air) is a key number in the model. A sensitivity analysis changing this number drives the final Gt estimate. Regardless, the model suggests that the ventilation contribution to carbon footprint is so small that it could be considered noise (47.4 + 1.02 Gt). Moving to UV ventilation is a complete game changer (47.4 + 0.17 Gt) because not only is the carbon footprint contribution negligible, the ACH level easily moves up to 12 ACH. To ignore healthy ventilation based on increases in carbon footprint is a severely unbalanced system architecture and must be considered as broken.

The take away from this analysis is that Climate Action Plans (CAP) should include statements of the current and future ACH levels in all the affected facilities and their individual public spaces. It should state the minimum ACH level that the CAP intends to meet and show the carbon footprint associated with ventilation. The guidance from the CDC is 5 ACH (2024) in all public spaces.

Technology Limitations

Do we have the technologies to engage in planetary engineering to control and change climate on a planetary scale?

Currently climate change has been connected with CO2 and other green house gases. It is possible to reduced the CO2 levels from a single subsystem like a building, however reducing CO2 levels within a collection of subsystems like all the buildings in a city is not possible today. Many will view this as a social political problem and then make economic connections in an attempt to incentivise the right choices. The following abstract is a small example:

The Macroeconomic Impact Of Climate Change: Global Vs. Local Temperature [4]

This paper estimates that the macroeconomic damages from climate change are six times larger than previously thought. Exploiting natural global temperature variability, we find that 1°C warming reduces world GDP by 12%. Global temperature correlates strongly with extreme climatic events unlike country-level temperature used in previous work, explaining our larger estimate. We use this evidence to estimate damage functions in a neoclassical growth model. Business-as-usual warming implies a 29% present welfare loss and a Social Cost of Carbon of $1,065 per ton. These impacts suggest that unilateral decarbonization policy is cost-effective for large countries such as the United States. [4]

###

On March 6, 2024 the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted rule changes requiring companies to disclose certain climate-related information, ranging from greenhouse gas emissions to expected climate risks to transition plans. Specifically, the final rules will require a registrant to disclose: [8]

Scope 3 emissions were removed from the final SEC rules. The following are definitions for the rules including Scope 1, 2, and 3: [9]

Word or Phrase

Definition

Climate-related risks

The actual or potential negative impacts of climate-related conditions and events on a registrant's business, results of operations, or financial condition.

Physical Risks

Includes both acute and chronic risks to a registrant's business operations.

Acute risks

Event-driven risks and may relate to shorter-term extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, flood, tornadoes, and wildfires, among other events.

Chronic risks

Risks that relate to longer term weather patterns, such as sustained higher temperatures, sea level rise and drought, as well as related effects such as decreased arability of farmland, decreased habitability of land, and decreased availability of fresh water.

Transition Risks

The actual or potential negative impacts on a registrant's business, results of operations, or financial condition attributable to regulatory, technological, and market changes to address the mitigation of, or adaptation to, climate-related risks, including, but not limited to, increased costs attributable to changes in law or policy, reduced market demand for carbon-intensive products leading to decreased prices or profits for such products, the devaluation or abandonment of assets, risk of legal liability and litigation defense costs, competitive pressures associated with the adoption of new technologies, and reputational impacts (including those stemming from a registrant's customers or business counterparties) that might trigger changes to market behavior, consumer preferences or behavior, and registrant behavior.

Carbon dioxide equivalent or CO2e

The common unit of measurement to indicate the global warming potential (GWP) of each greenhouse gas, expressed in terms of the GWP of one unit of carbon dioxide.

Greenhouse Gases

Carbon dioxide (CO2), methane, nitrous oxide, nitrogen trifluoride, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons and sulfur hexafluoride.

GHG emissions

Direct and Indirect emissions of greenhouse gases, expressed in metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e).

Direct emissions:

GHG emissions from sources that are owned or controlled by a registrant.

Indirect emissions:

GHG emissions that result from the activities of the registrant, but occur at sources not owned or controlled by the registrant.

GHG emissions attestation provider

A person or a firm that has all of the following characteristics:

  • Is an expert in GHG emissions by virtue of having significant experience in measuring, analyzing, reporting, or attesting to GHG emissions. Significant experience means having sufficient competence and capabilities necessary to:
    • Perform engagements in accordance with professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements; and
    • Enable the service provider to issue reports that are appropriate under the circumstances.
  • Is independent with respect to the registrant, and any of its affiliates, for whom it is providing the attestation report, during the attestation and professional engagement period.

Internal carbon price

Estimated cost of carbon emissions used internally within an organization.

Scenario analysis

A process for identifying and assessing a potential range of outcomes of various possible future climate scenarios, and how climate-related risks may impact a registrant's business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition over time.

Scope 1 emissions

Direct GHG emissions from operations that are owned or controlled by a registrant.

Scope 2 emissions

Indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased or acquired electricity, steam, heat, or cooling that is consumed by operations owned or controlled by a registrant.

Transition plan

Strategy and implementation plan to reduce climate-related risks, which may include a plan to reduce its GHG emissions in line with its own commitments or commitments of jurisdictions within which it has significant operations.

On March 15, the U.S. Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals granted a temporary stay of the rules pending judicial review, in response to a petition arguing, among other things, that the rules would cause irreparable harm and exceed the SEC's authority. To date, litigation challenging the rules has been filed in several federal courts, including the U.S. Courts of Appeals for the D.C., Second, Fifth, Sixth, Eighth9and Eleventh Circuits, and additional lawsuits are expected. On March 19, the SEC requested that the litigation challenging the rules be consolidated in a single court of appeals, which will determine whether the stay will remain in place. In addition, Republican members of Congress have been preparing a resolution to repeal the rules under the Congressional Review Act. [9]

The reality is that when we perform a Technology Readiness Level (TRL) assessment we have various technologies with high TRL levels that have lower carbon footprints for small subsystems, but once we apply these technologies on a planetary scale, the TRL levels are too low and massive development of some type is needed. The following is an example and it shows the TRL for the various technologies for Small Subsystems and the Earth System. The TRL is equal to 1 or less for all the technologies if there is an attempt to apply them to the entire Earth System. This is because a technology or technologies cannot be applied to the entire Earth System and solve the problem. It is a scaling problem.

Climate Change Technology Readiness Levels Assessments
Climate Change Technology

TRL (SS)
Small Subsystem

TRL (ES)
Earth System

Comment
Hydro Electric Dams

9

1

Fully developed
Coal Fired Electric Plants

9

NA

Being phased out
Gas Fired Electric Plants

9

NA

Being phased out
Nuclear Power

9

1

Massive impact of failure lasting hundreds of years
Geo Power Plants

9

1

Too little to impact Earth System
Solar Panel Power

9

1

Too little to impact Earth System, unknown unintended consequences
Wind Power

9

1

Too little to impact Earth System
Ocean Power

9

1

Too little to impact Earth System
Gas Vehicles

9

1

Being phased out
Electric Vehicles

9

1

Too little to impact Earth System, unknown unintended consequences
New Technology yet to be discovered

9

9

Does not exist yet

Trying to use economic means to transition technologies and then roll out the technologies across the planet assumes that we have the technologies to address the entire Earth System. That is an incorrect assumption and gives false hope to the Earth System. Assuming the existing technologies could result in zero CO2 levels for the Earth System, the problem is the human element which exists in all systems and is part of the technologies. Technology is tightly bound to humans. For varied reasons humans will refuse to transition 100% to some technologies regardless of incentives including economic incentives. This is not unlike the ventilation problem where there are subsystems (facilities) that range from Elite to Poor [7].

Facility Types (Subsystems) and Ventilation Levels

Facility Type

Percent
(database)

Ventilation Levels

Maintenance

Operations

Elite

10%

Excellent

Excellent

Excellent

Medium

8%

Lower

Excellent

Excellent

Low

82%

Lower

Poor

Excellent

Low

Lower

Excellent

Poor

Very Low

None

Poor

Poor

What is needed is a technology or technologies that is so ubiquitous and powerful that it will address the entire Earth System regardless of the human elements in the system. This is sometimes called a magic bullet technology or magic bullet system solution. For example, when whale oil started to become a problem there was a transition to gas lighting, when gas lighting became a problem there was a transition to electric lighting. Perhaps there is no magic bullet technology and all that can be done is to transition from carbon fuel technologies to various renewable fuel technologies and apply them for maximum benefit. That is the current strategy but the effectiveness and unintended consequences of this approach is still unknown.

The reality is that climate change will continue even if all the CO2 and other green house gases were to stop being emitted by human activities because it will take time for the Earth System CO2 and other greenhouse gas levels to drop. Island nations may go under water, coastal cities may flood, high temperature zones may become uninhabitable. The system approach is to acknowledge these events as they approach and provide the most effective approaches to deal with each unique situation including migration of large populations.

So what is the situation with proper ventilation? Is this challenge different from the climate change challenge? The following table shows the ventilation technologies and the TRLs. Unlike the technologies associated with climate change, the ventilation technologies can easily scale because they can be made available at the retail level for individual consumers to select and there is little human rejection.

Ventilation Technology Readiness Levels Assessments
Ventilation Technology

TRL (SS)
Small Subsystem

TRL (ES)
Earth System

Comment
Natural Ventilation

9

9

Phased out in many locations around the world with HVAC, easily scales at the consumer level
Building Ventilation Tunnels

9

1

Phased out in many locations around the world with HVAC
Fans

9

9

Phased out in many locations around the world with HVAC, easily scales at the consumer level
HVAC

9

1

Mismanaged and poorly maintained
BAS

9

1

Isolated to large facilities
Ceiling Level UV

9

1

Phased out in the last century, coming back after COVID-19
FAR UV

9

1 but could be 9

New after COVID-19, easily scales at the consumer level but the cost is currently too high

Final System Observations

As with most systems analysis, the starting point eventually leads to an unexpected ending point. Those not exposed to large systems analysis typically find this as very unsetting especially scientists tightly focused on proving or disproving a thesis. However, in systems analysis we are not trying to prove or disprove a thesis, instead we are searching for unintended consequences of the proposed system solutions. In this case we started with Earth System Boundaries and Tipping Points and arrived at this destination. It is about the journey that informs the problem space and then a major insight is offered. As always there is the danger of cherry picking the data and analysis but that is the purpose of vetting with other systems analysts. It is their job to determine the reasonableness of any systems analysis.

Here are the final system observations.

Without government regulations and enforcement the choice to prepare Climate Action Plans, reduce Greenhouse Gases, and provide for Healthy Ventilation is a personal choice based on leadership by example. It is similar to the case of early adopters of bleeding / state-of-the-art edge technologies. They blaze the trail for others to follow. Before there was electricity in the U.S. there was the Niagara Falls power plant demonstration [10]. Others eventually followed. That is the model used by all bleeding edge / state-of-the-art technology and new system developers. So it is the case with Climate Action Plans that address healthy ventilation - it is a product of leaders willing to apply the resources and assume the risks. The following are some leadership examples:

  1. From the Philadelphia Climate Action Playbook, City of Philadelphia Office of Sustainability: When the Trump Administration decided to withdraw from the Paris Climate Agreement, we committed Philadelphia to staying the course. We committed to reducing our carbon pollution and moving towards 100 percent renewable energy. This year, I committed us to going even farther to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 - a goal we know we must meet to prevent the worst impacts of climate change. [11]

  2. The Philadelphia Water Works was the first water treatment facility in the United States. It was a model for all future water works to follow in the New World. People would flock from around the planet to see this facility which combined engineering and art to solve a massive problem of safe water for the inhabitants of Philadelphia. It was born of necessity as the people decided they would not tolerate yet another yellow fever outbreak. [12]

  3. In the wake of the COVID-19 disaster the city of Philadelphia has once again taken lead actions like the Enhanced Ventilation Standards for Indoor Dining and Application Form for Increased Dining Capacity dated February 14, 2021. The Enhanced Ventilation Standard calls for 15 air changes per hour (ACH) for establishments wanting to increase their seating capacity from 25% to 50%. [13] [14]

The following are are some of the state-of-the-art technologies associated with climate change that can be easily adopted by any leader willing to make the commitment:

  1. Solar power
  2. Wind Power
  3. Ocean Power
  4. Geo Thermal Power
  5. Electric Vehicles
  6. Building Automation Systems tuned to 5+ ACH in each public space
  7. UV Ventilation Systems

The bottom line is: What are the needs and should the needs be satisfied.

Any cost benefit analysis of satisfying the needs or ignoring the needs is invalid. Once the need is identified and the decision is made to satisfy the need based on non-cost factors, then the most effective system approach should be selected to not waste resources including financial resources. The costs will be the costs. The key is to ensure that the most cost effective decisions are made at each point in rolling out the system that must satisfy the need and this is done with effective systems engineering management. Dealing with climate change is going to cost money. The issue is how efficiently will the individual solutions roll out.

The following is a personal example, which I believe, hits the nail right on the head.

I will never forget when my new wife and I went on our first trip to a challenged country in 1980. We stayed at a fabulous resort right out of a James Bond Movie. Eventually we took a pink jeep into town and I will never forget what I saw. As far as I could see there were people with picks and shovels digging a trench by the side of the road. The reality is if you just look at traditional financial numbers, you can never justify the cost of a bulldozer over the cost of these poor people digging with a pick and a shovel. This is the trap of third world thinking. Instead of buying a bulldozer and freeing these people to become bulldozer operators, they were stuck in the mud and dirt. You need to punch through to another level of thinking. [10]

As far as ventilation is concerned, proper application of Building Automation Systems (BAS) and UV lighting is needed. This includes adding the needed requirements in all Climate Action Plans (CAP). The CAP should include statements of the current and future ACH levels in all the affected facilities and their individual public spaces. It should state the minimum ACH level that the CAP intends to meet and show the carbon footprint associated with ventilation. The guidance from the CDC is 5 ACH (2024) in all public spaces.

References

[1] Planetary boundaries, wikipedia, September 2024. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Planetary_boundaries

[2] Tipping points in the climate system, wikipedia, September 2024. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tipping_points_in_the_climate_system

[3] A just world on a safe planet: a Lancet Planetary Health–Earth, Commission report on Earth-system boundaries, translations, and transformations, The Lancet Planetary Health Commission, Published online September 11, 2024. https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lanplh/article/PIIS2542-5196(24)00042-1/fulltext . https://www.thelancet.com/action/showPdf?pii=S2542-5196%2824%2900042-1 {PDF)

[4] The Macroeconomic Impact Of Climate Change: Global Vs. Local Temperature, NBER Working Paper Series, National Bureau Of Economic Research, 2024. https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w32450/w32450.pdf

[5] COVID-19 A Systems Perspective, Walter Sobkiw, 2021, ISBN 9780983253044, hardback. (bibliography with 293 refrences plus 35 systems references)

[6] Trends in HVAC & Energy Efficiency in Commercial Buildings, HVAC Vendor CE, December 11, 2015, https://www.carrierenterprise.com/hvac-news/trends-in-hvac-energy-efficiency-in-commercial-buildings.

[7] Database of 2985 Facilities, Cassbeth, September 2024.

[8] SEC Adopts Rules to Enhance and Standardize Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, For Immediate Release, 2024-31. https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2024-31.

[9] SEC Adopts Climate Change Disclosure Rules; Court Imposes Temporary Stay, March 2024. Link . PDF.

[10] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020.

[11] Philadelphia Climate Action Playbook, City of Philadelphia Office of Sustainability, 2021. https://www.phila.gov/media/20210113125627/Philadelphia-Climate-Action-Playbook.pdf.

[12] Sustainable development Possible with Creative Systems Engineering, Walter Sobkiw, 2008. ISBN 9780615216300.

[13] Enhanced Ventilation Standards for Indoor Dining and Application Form for Increased Dining Capacity, City of Philadelphia, February 14, 2021. webpage https://www.phila.gov/media/20210216105327/Enhanced-Ventilation-Standards-for-Indoor-Dining_2_16_21.pdf. PDF . local

[14] Food Establishments That Have Met Enhanced Ventilation Standards to Allow for Increased Indoor Dining Capacity, City of Philadelphia, March 09, 2021. webpage https://www.phila.gov/media/20210311122403/50CapacityRestaurants_030921.pdf. PDF . local

back to TOC


Climate Change A Systems Perspective

There are multiple approaches to dealing with climate change and they are:

  1. Do Nothing
  2. Attempt to slow climate change
  3. Attempt to stop climate change
  4. Attempt to reverse climate change
  5. Population Migration

The reality is that all the approaches will be used in the 21st century to deal with climate change. Approaches 2-3 fall into the category of science and engineering where there will be systems developed as a result of climate change and an attempt to deal with it effectively.

Observations

Some people will benefit from climate change, some may be unaffected in a positive or negative way, and some people will be negatively affected. For example, Russia may benefit from climate change with the melting of the polar ice caps. At the same time they will be negatively impacted with the melting of the Tundra permafrost that will cause infrastructure to fail. The entire planet will be negatively impacted with the melting of the permafrost because of massive methane release that some suggest will lead to runaway global warming. Essentially a positive feedback loop will be established where once a critical level of permafrost melts, the remaining permafrost will melt and it is unclear what the final climate will do to the civilization.

Impacts

The U.S. Global Change Research Program, composed of 13 federal agencies, reported in 2009 that climate changes are being observed in every region of the world, including the United States and its coastal waters. Among these physical changes are increases in heavy downpours, rising temperature and sea level, rapidly retreating glaciers, thawing permafrost, lengthening growing seasons, lengthening ice free seasons in the oceans and on lakes and rivers, earlier snowmelt, and alterations in river flows. Assessments conducted by the U.S. intelligence community indicate that climate change could have significant geopolitical impacts around the world, contributing to poverty, environmental degradation, and the further weakening of fragile governments. Climate change will contribute to food and water scarcity, will increase the spread of disease, and will cause or exacerbate mass migration. [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

The Arctic waters are opening and will permit more seasonal commerce and transit. This is an opportunity to work collaboratively to improve the human and environmental conditions in the region. The U.S. Department of Defense has stated that it will work with the Coast Guard and the Department of Homeland Security to address gaps in Arctic communications, domain awareness, search and rescue, and environmental observation and forecasting capabilities. [1] There are multiple nation states that stand to benefit from these changes. It is unclear if they will work with eachother or aggressively make claims that will lead to political instability.

The following is a list of some of the key negative impacts from Climate Change:

Climate Change Wars

In 2014 Russia invaded Ukraine and annexed crimea. In the fog of war with massive propaganda and disinformation what was lost and is not in the mass mind is that Russia wanted to annex Crimea because of new finds of Gas and Oil reserves. Ukraine in partnership with U.S. companies was going to start development of the gas and oil fields the same year when Russia invaded. Since 2014 these fields have been developed by Russia and they earn money from these fields. So Russia expanded its existing energy export revenues. More importantly is that Ukraine did not become energy independent as planned from the new gas and oil reserves. It is obvious that this was a key Russian policy goal and it was achieved.

So what does this have to do with climate change? One would think that this is a bad investment in the future. The reality is that this approach to climate change is in the Do Nothing category - continue as always for the foreseeable future. This same policy was being followed by Ukraine and the rest of the world - continue to find new oil and gas reserves. 2014 War Background

In 2021 Russia invaded the rest of Ukraine. The question is why? Once again there is massive propaganda and disinformation. The reality is that Ukraine supports approximately 400 million people around the world with its food products. Russia as an empire may be reacting to their own internal research on climate change and how it will impact food in the 21st century. Ukrainian Food Production

All nation states have short term, mid term, and long term policies and plans. [1] [2]

The Russian invasion of Ukraine is a massive war. It also may be the first war that is associated with climate change.

Systems Engineering Solutions

Systems engineering is about understanding a problem from a needs and key requirements perspective, finding the most effective architectures that address the needs and key requirements, implementing those architectures using systems engineering practices, and operating, maintaining, decommissioning, and disposing of the these systems using systems practices. Within this concept is the Systems Engineering Solutions. What are the systems engineering solutions to climate change? A key observation is that the solution is not a single magic bullet solution. Instead is will be a large number of system solutions that all individually contribute to mitigate the negative effects of climate change.

A key element of systems engineering is to identify all the possible architectures that may be able to satisfy the needs and key requirements. The needs and key requirements are:

  1. Slow climate change
  2. Stop climate change
  3. Reverse climate change
  4. Minimize the impacts of climate change

Slowing climate change and perhaps stopping climate change is associated with minimizing greenhouse gases and that is mostly driven by CO2 at this time. In the future it may be methane from permafrost melt. Reversing climate change is the removal of greenhouse gases. Minimizing the impact of climate change is acknowledging that climate change will continue and that there will be negative consequences.

Once the alternatives are identified and their function and performance are extensively studied to ensure the negative consequences are found, they need to be subjected to a tradeoff analysis that finds the most effective solution using the MOE equation. The traditional MOE is based on Life Cycle Costs. The Climate Change MOE is based on the Life Cycle Carbon Load equation:

LCCL = M+P+D+O+M+W+S+T Where:

M = Mining
P = Production
D = Distribution
O = Operation
M = Maintenance
W = Waste
S = Shut Down and Decommissioning
T = Disposal

MOE (climate change) = Sum of tradeoff criteria / LCCL

There is a masssive collection of data associated with CO2 production from various human activities. For example, the following table provides a list of power sources and CO2 per kWh.

CO2 per kWh

Fuel

Efficiency

Percentage Used
United States

Total Energy
(Billion kWh)

CO2 per kWh
Created by Powerplant (lbs.)

Natural Gas

38%

38.60%

1.575

0.9

Coal

29%

21.80%

899

2.34

Oil

31%

0.50%

19

1.78

Fossil Fuel Total

-

60 9%

2.493

1.42 Weighted Avg

Nuclear

290%

18.90%

778

0.03

Wind

1164%

9.20%

380

0.02

Hydro

317%

6.30%

260

0.05

Solar

207%

2.80%

115

0.11

Biomass

52%

1.30%

55

0.51

Geothermal

514%

0 4%

16

0.08

Renewable Fuel Total

-

38.50%

1,588

0.05 Weighted Avg

Total

-

99 4%

4,081

0.89 Weighted Avg

https://www.quora.com/Whats-the-carbon-footprint-of-1-kWh-of-electricity

References

[1] U.S. Climate Change Technology Program STRATEGIC PLAN, U.S. Department of Energy (Lead-Agency), September 2006. https://downloads.globalchange.gov/cctp/CCTP-StratPlan-Sep-2006.pdf

[2] Presidential Memorandum -- Climate Change and National Security, September 21, 2016. PDF .  https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/the-press-office/2016/09/21/presidential-memorandum-climate-change-and-national-security

[3] Climate Migration and Equity, NRDC, May 9, 2022. https://www.nrdc.org/stories/climate-migration-equity

[4] Climate Change Is Already Driving Mass Migration Around the Globe, January 25, 2019. https://www.nrdc.org/stories/climate-change-already-driving-mass-migration-around-globe

[5] Climate Change Is Fueling Migration. Do Climate Migrants Have Legal Protections?, Council on Foreign Relations, December 19, 2022. https://www.cfr.org/in-brief/climate-change-fueling-migration-do-climate-migrants-have-legal-protections

[6] The slow onset effects of Climate Change and Human Rights Protection for cross-border migrants, Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) in collaboration with the Platform on Disaster Displacement (PDD), 2018. https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/Documents/Issues/Migration/OHCHR_slow_onset_of_Climate_Change_EN.pdf

back to TOC


Architecture Alternatives

The following is a list of possible Climate Change architecture alternatives as system solutions.

Architecture Observations

High Impact of Failure Systems

When examining each of the above system architecture approaches, the Impact of Failure analysis needs to be performed [1]. As the name implies the impact of failure is identified and clearly stated. It is a high level view of what may eventually surface with a full Failure Mode Effects Analysis (FMEA) that is performed on a fully implemented system. In a tradeoff between different architecture solutions it is a tradeoff criteria. The following is an example:

Architecture Impact of Failure Comments
Planetary Climate Engineering

Very High

Unintended negative consequences will harm entire planet.
Nuclear Power

High

Nuclear disaster will contaminate an entire region for a very long time.
Heat Load Removers

Low

None.

Back to Architecture Alternatives

Buildings and Energy

Renewable Energy Purchase

Renewable Energy Purchase is an interesting architecture category because many are shifting to green power sources and claiming reduced carbon footprints. However, all they have done is just an accounting trick. The energy reductions of the buildings have not happened. This is an example of just shifting the burden to an unsuspecting stakeholder. To properly address the carbon load levels from buildings, the actual power load must be tracked and compared year over year, not the claimed carbon load where all of the sudden the carbon per watt rate changes because the power comes from a different billing source. Then the specific changes need to be identified with resulting actual carbon footprint reductions. For example:

  1. Have more energy efficient mechanical motors been installed in the HVAC systems
  2. Has LED lighting replaced higher power lights
  3. Have UV based ventilation systems been installed to reduce the mechanical ventilation burden
  4. Have green roofs and / or roof solar panels been installed
  5. Have IR reflective windows and building facades been installed
  6. etc.

Back to Architecture Alternatives

Retail Distribution Systems

The following is an example of determining the LCCL for Retail Distribution Systems. Rather than use actual CO2 levels, a ranking scale is used in the initial analysis. The scale is 1-3 where 1 is the best level because it uses the least carbon.

LCCL

Brick and Mortar

Internet to Brick and Mortar

Internet to Doorstep

M = Mining

0

0

0

P = Production

0

0

0

D = Distribution

1

2

3

O = Operation

1

1

1

M = Maintenance

1

1

1

W = Waste

1

3

3

S = Shut Down and Decommissioning

0

0

0

T = Disposal

0

0

0

Total

4

7

8

This analysis suggests that the new Internet to Doorstep system has the worst rating from a carbon footprint level. The Waste rating is based on the massive packaging that is used to ship individual items. We also see that the Internet to Brick and Mortar is not much better because of the massive packaging and inefficiencies in transport where more trips are needed to ship the products to the retail distribution points from the single distribution center. Just in time delivery to the retail shelf has a carbon cost.

Is this analysis complete - no. Does this analysis suggest that there may be a problem needing further system analysis - yes.

A further analysis can apply the number of trips needed to deliver a package to a doorstep. The following are some assumptions and findings:

1 trip Customer Visit to Retail Store Items (avg) = 10 items purchased
1 trip Internet to Doorstep Items (avg) = 2 items purchased
1 trip Product to Retail Store items (avg) = 500 items delivered

Trips per item Brick and Mortar = 1/10 + 1/500 = 0.102
Trips per item Internet to Doorstep = 1/2 = .5
Trips per item ratio Internet to Doorstep / Brick and Mortar = 5

From this second analysis we see that the Internet to Doorstep system takes 5 times more trips and thus 5 times more carbon than the Brick and Mortar system. One approach from the Internet to Doorstep system to mitigate the CO2 load is to purchase Carbon credits. However, all that does is just shift the costs to an unsuspecting stakeholder and adds more Carbon from the extra system to process the Carbon credits. The Internet to Doorstep system uses more carbon and only new technology or a change in the system can change the results. A new technology might be delivery vehicles that have 0 carbon levels.

Can there be an error in this analysis, yes. But it will take some serious digging to try to build a case against this analysis. This may not be a stoneman finding but it is not a strawman finding. It is an ironman finding needing multiple reviewers to topple the result. [1]

Strawman Architecture: Easily burned down by just one reviewer in a single sitting. [1]

Ironman Architecture: Not easily toppled, multiple reviewers over a significant amount of time needed to topple the architecture. [1]

Stoneman Architecture: Can not topple the architecture no matter how many reviewers or the amount of time. [1]

Back to Architecture Alternatives

Solar Blankets

All potential architectures should be subjected to the Strawman Architecture test. For example, the Solar Blankets to Slow Glacier Melt is a strawman architecture because of the following reasons:

  1. Not easily scaled up to have an impact
  2. Unmaintainable because of snow and freeze events
  3. Logistics nightmare (delivery, installation, repair, removal)

Common sense burns down the architecture in 1 sitting by 1 person. No studies are needed until the above items are addressed. However, this did not stop the research. It became a monetized stream with various attempts and findings. Solar Blankets may protect selected regions of selected Glaciers for nostalgic and esthetic reasons but it will not impact the global CO2 levels. For example a 400 square meter blanket had 15% less mass loss than uncovered areas. [2] What happens when it starts to snow and freeze covering the blankets? The United States, glaciers currently cover over 90,000 square kilometers. This is an example of a product in search of a solution. Nostalgic and esthetic reasons at a resort is a reasonable need and this product may meet that need but it will not impact CO2 levels.

Back to Architecture Alternatives

Power Purchase Agreements

A Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) is an arrangement with a third-party developer that installs, owns, and operates an energy system on a customer’s property. The customer then purchases the system's electric output for a predetermined period. A PPA allows the customer to receive stable and often low-cost electricity with no upfront cost, while also enabling the owner of the system to take advantage of tax credits and receive income from the sale of electricity. PPAs may last between 5 and 20 years, during that time the power purchaser buys energy at a pre-negotiated price.

On 1,600 acres in Fulton and Franklin counties in central Pennsylvania sit two solar arrays. There are more than 485,000 panels, that make up the largest solar project in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, with a capacity of 220 megawatts. Penn will purchase all electricity produced at the facility, the equivalent of 70% of the demand of its campus and University of Pennsylvania Health System facilities in the Philadelphia area. This comes from a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) the University signed in February of 2020. [3]

On April 22, 2024, 5 Pennsylvania Colleges, joined 3 From North Carolina in a joint solar energy Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) from a facility in Kentucky. Dickinson College, Haverford College, Lafayette College, Lehigh University, Muhlenberg College and Swarthmore College announced they have joined with three colleges in North Carolina as a part of a large-scale solar energy facility in western Kentucky. The joint initiative will allow the schools to access the benefits of renewable energy through a deal typically only feasible for large customers. The consortium is supporting the Sebree Solar II project through a PPA that involves purchasing energy for 20 years. The Sebree Solar II project is set to begin construction in early 2025 and commence commercial operation by the end of 2026. The solar site is projected to provide enough energy to annually power more than 24,000 homes when complete. The project will generate up to 150 MW of solar energy. Over its 30-year lifespan, the solar site will contribute approximately $12 million in additional tax revenue to Henderson County which can be used for roads, schools and other public services. While electricity generated by the Sebree Solar II project cannot be transmitted directly to the consortium campuses because of distance, the benefits of investing in new additional renewable energy will be transferred to the schools. Dickinson will be paying for an amount of energy equal to approximately 75% percent of the electricity used by its campus. Dickinson will receive renewable energy credits, which can be used to account for greenhouse gas emissions related to purchased electricity. [4]

The following table provides a list of power sources and CO2 per kWh. Approximately 40% of the power in the United States is coming from green sources. Solar is relatively small at this time.

U.S. Utility-Scale Electricity Generation and CO2 per kWh

Fuel

Efficiency

Percentage Used
United States

Billion
kWh

CO2 per kWh
Created by Powerplant (lbs.)

Billion
kWh
[5]

Percentage Used
United States
2023 [5]

Natural Gas

38%

38.60%

1.575

0.9

1,802

43.1%

Coal

29%

21.80%

899

2.34

675

16.2%

Oil

31%

0.50%

19

1.78

16

0.4%

Fossil Fuel Total

-

60 9%

2.493

1.42 Weighted Avg

2,505

60.0%

Nuclear

290%

18.90%

778

0.03

775

18.6%

Wind

1164%

9.20%

380

0.02

425

10.2%

Hydro

317%

6.30%

260

0.05

240

5.7%

Solar

207%

2.80%

115

0.11

165

3.9%

Biomass

52%

1.30%

55

0.51

47

1.1%

Geothermal

514%

0 4%

16

0.08

16

0.4%

Renewable Fuel Total

-

38.50%

1,588

0.05 Weighted Avg

1,669

40%

Total

-

99 4%

4,081

0.89 Weighted Avg

-

-

https://www.quora.com/Whats-the-carbon-footprint-of-1-kWh-of-electricity
The numbers are changing, solar as of 2023 is 3.9% [5]

It is unclear how much Green Power a specific University currently purchases. Assume it may be ~ 40%. Also the current grid power has some percentage of green power sources. So that kicks up the number some more. Everyday that number increases as the power grid gets more green power plants. Not sure what a specific University currently pays per kWh, but assume ~ $0.10. Will participating in a project like this translate to more, less, or the same cost per kWh? Also this really does not make a University lower its carbon footprint, it just shifts costs and carbon accounting. Reducing carbon footprint happens when engineering is involved where better / more efficient systems are installed like:

  1. Lighting
  2. HVAC
  3. Ventilation
  4. Machinery
  5. Energy Management Systems (EMS)
  6. Building Management Systems (BMS)
  7. Building Automation Systems (BAS)

The following table shows some of the building systems power needs.

Building Systems and Power Levels

Building Systems

Watts (1) (2)

No
EMS
BMS BAS
kWh

With
EMS
BMS BAS
kWh (4)

With
BMS / BAS
Reduction
kWh  (7)

With
EMS
Reduction
kWh (8) [6]

Mechanical ventilation power 5 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling) (3)

517

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Mechanical ventilation power 12 ACH (1000 sqft 12 ft ceiling)

1242

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

UV Ventilation 12 eACH (1000 sqft)

207

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Cooling Systems (1000 sqft) (5)

2,500

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Water Chiller Systems

Various

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

Electric Heating Systems

Various

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 300 lux (1000 sqft)

443 / 1948

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 500 lux (1000 sqft)

738 / 3246

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED / Incandescent Lighting power 750 lux (1000 sqft)

1107 / 4869

100%

< 100%

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

LED TV (~ 65 in)

100

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Laptops Computer

30 - 70

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Large desktop Computer

200 - 500

100%

(6)

NA

NA

Other Machinery

 Various

100%

(6)

5% - 20%

10% - 50%

(1) The numbers are approximate and will vary with specific design solutions and with time (2023).
(2) The mechanical ventilation numbers are not linear because of duct resistance.
(3) CDC guideline to aim for 5+ ACH.
(4) This is a function of how the occupants manage the building lights and ventilation systems, do they / can they turn them off when they leave a space.
(5) They cycle on and off while maintaining temperature, the issue is are they running in unoccupied spaces.
(6) These systems have internal timers to turn off when there is no activity. They need to be properly set.
(7) Estimates are 20% [6], other internet est. 5% - 15%
(8) Estimates are 50% [6], 19% - 29% [7], other internet est. 10% - 30%

See section Building Automation Systems for a description of these systems.

It is a good thing to put a new green power generating plant online, but to be clear this is a financial transaction  and there are issues.

  1. It is unclear if a University financial burden increases because they are going into the power generation plant business with a partner that just happens to be green.
  2. Is this a reasonable CAP claim because there are current claims that power is being sourced from green power generating plants.
  3. A PPA just happens to be another green power source with either a better, worse, or same deal.
  4. Do more dollars need to be applied to add more solar facilities or is this business approach / plan up and running everywhere, it's not 20 years ago.
  5. There are initial costs, then recurring costs, and a contract which might make the recurring costs less attractive over time.
  6. Vendor lock-in is a challenge and a 20 year contract is a long term agreement. A great deal can happen in 20 years.
  7. Do the Universities need to shoulder this burden?
  8. Is this just a distraction if the University ignores reducing its real carbon footprint by not upgrading its infrastructure?

There are two approaches that currently exist to claim reduced carbon footprint - (1) Engineering and (2) Financial / Management solutions. Unfortunately the Financial / Management solution can be flawed. There are many examples of industry using carbon credits to ignore critical engineering projects that will actually reduce carbon footprint. For example in 2020 a French oil company docked a tanker loaded with Australian liquefied natural gas at the port of Dapeng in southern China. The company claimed that the LNG was carbon neutral because the emissions from burning it had been neutralized by carbon credits purchased from a wind farm in northern China. Another European oil company delivered a tanker load of LNG to a port in Taiwan. It was labeled carbon neutral, because of the company’s investment in forest projects in Ghana, Indonesia, and Peru. [6]

The labeling of Engineering vs Financial / Management as system solutions is important because there is the perception that the markets will solve any problem and that when a problem is detected, the approach should be one of market incentives to solve the problem. Many suggest that the issue with market based solutions is that they tend to be easily gamed and fail to provide the desired system outcomes. This has been an ongoing debate for decades; since the 1980's when massive government deregulation began in the U.S. The carbon offset Financial / Management as a system approach is just another example. [7] The alternative is an engineering solution, however unless a cost benefit analysis can justify a new system, the engineering solution investment must be forced using either government regulations, government tax incentives, or other external mechanisms including unique corporate charters and executive compensation plans that allow for such investments.

The final take away from this systems analysis is that a PPA may be a viable option for a University but NOT if it is used to delay or avoid the Engineering solutions to upgrade the infrastructure to provide for healthy and safe facilities and reduce carbon footprint. From a priority perspective, healthy and safe facilities that minimize carbon footprint should be the number one priority outweighing all other costs and investments in the University. Neglected and poor facilities are the start of severe decline in all organizations.

Back to Architecture Alternatives

References

[1] Systems Practices As Common Sense, Walter Sobkiw, ISBN: 978-0983253082, first edition 2011, ISBN: 978-0983253051, second edition 2020.

[2] Chinese scientists are combating a glacier's melting by covering it with a blanket, Phys.org by Science X Network, October 5, 2023. https://phys.org/news/2023-10-chinese-scientists-combating-glacier-blanket.html

[3] Penn celebrates operation and benefits of largest solar power project in Pennsylvania, Penn Today, University of Pennsylvania, March 18, 2024. https://penntoday.upenn.edu/news/penn-celebrates-operation-and-benefits-largest-solar-power-project-pennsylvania, 2024.

[4] 5 Pennsylvania Colleges, Join 3 From North Carolina In Joint Solar Energy Power Purchase Agreement From Facility In Kentucky, PA Environment Digest, 4/29/2024. http://www.paenvironmentdigest.com/newsletter/default.asp?NewsletterArticleID=60426, 2024.

[5] What is U.S. electricity generation by energy source, U.S. Energy Information Administration, 2023. https://www.eia.gov/tools/faqs/faq.php?id=427&t=3, 2024.

[6] Is the ‘Legacy’ Carbon Credit Market a Climate Plus or Just Hype?, Yale School of the Environment, March 9, 2021. https://e360.yale.edu/features/is-the-legacy-carbon-credit-market-a-climate-plus-or-just-hype, 2024.

[7] In-depth Q&A: Can ‘carbon offsets’ help to tackle climate change?, Carbon Brief, 24 September 2023. https://interactive.carbonbrief.org/carbon-offsets-2023/index.html, 2024.

back to TOC


Potential Tradeoffs Analyses

The tradeoff analysis uses the LCCL to determine the MOE of each approach. The tradeoff criteria will change over time along with the tradeoff values for each of the criteria ratings because that is a qualitative assessment. The LCCL is a quantitative assessment. It may be difficult to find that actual LCCL values but they do exist. So the tradeoff starts with the LCCL assessments of some of the architecture alternatives.

The following is a list of suggested key tradeoff studies associated with Buildings and Energy:

Ventilation Tradeoff Analysis: The tradeoff criteria ratings will be significantly different between these alternatives, so the MOE will be driven by the criteria ratings rather than the LCCL. Also the tradeoff criteria ratings will vary with geographic location. The architectures are:

Mechanical Ventilation Tradeoff Analysis: The tradeoff criteria ratings will be close for each of the alternatives, so the MOE will be driven by the LCCL. The architectures are:

Ventilation Control Tradeoff Analysis: The tradeoff criteria ratings will be significantly different between these alternatives because of human actions that will harm the system, so the MOE will be driven by the criteria ratings rather than the LCCL. The architectures are:

Buildings and Energy Tradeoff Analysis: The MOE will be driven by the LCCL. This is an interesting tradeoff because it suggests that decisions need to be made with allocating an energy budget between different systems in a building. The architectures are:

Tradeoff Calculations

For information on performing this analysis see section: Sustainable Development Systems Practices.

MOE = Total Criteria Rating / Total LCCL

where: LCCL = Life Cycle Carbon Load

The following table is the LCCL calculations for each architecture alternative.

LCCL

Arch
A

Arch
B

Arch
C

Arch
D

Arch
E

Arch
F

M = Mining

P = Production

D = Distribution

O = Operation

M = Maintenance

W = Waste

S = Shut Down and Decommissioning

T = Disposal

Total LCCL

The following table is the Tradeoff Criteria Matrix for each of the architecture alternatives.

Tradeoff Criteria

Arch
A

Arch
B

Arch
C

Arch
D

Arch
E

Arch
F

1. Ability to meet requirements

2. Ability to avoid human compromise (Vulnerability)

Criteria 3

Criteria 4

Criteria 5

Criteria 6

Criteria 7

Criteria n

Total Criteria Rating

The following are key tradeoff criteria:

  1. Ability to meet requirements
  2. Ability to avoid human compromise (Vulnerability)

The following are potential General Tradeoff Criteria:
Resilience *
Robustness
Ruggedness *
Survivability *
Brittleness
Flexibility *
Reconfigureability
Scalability *
Stability *
Controllability *
Elegance
Symmetry
Beauty
Simplicity *
Reasonableness *
Transition *
Interoperability *
Usability *
Availability
Fault tolerance
Graceful degradation *
Performance *
Capacity *
Growth *
Technology insertion *
Ability to meet requirements  *
Performance *
User acceptability *
Produce-ability *
Testability *
Reliability *
Maintainability *
Training
Supportability *
Survivability *
Comfort *
Sustainability *
Effectiveness
Safety *
Security *
Vulnerability *
Deployment *
Shutdown *
Disposal *

The following are potential Sustainability Tradeoff Criteria:
Carbon Pollution  *
Water Pollution *
Land Pollution *
Air Pollution *
Noise Pollution *
Visual Pollution *
Fuel Sustainability
Regeneration *
Progress *
Model Results
Internal Sustainability  *
External Sustainability *
Survivability
Population Growth
Standard Of Living *
Social Mobility *
Freedom and Liberty
Quality Of Life *
Happiness *

back to TOC


Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Once a Climate Action Plan (CAP) is produced, the next step is to implement the plan. This approach to implementing a CAP is based on work performed by the EPA that has specifically addressed Climate Action Planning [1] and strategic plans implemented by the FAA for infrastructure upgrades [4]. The Climate Action Plan Implementation System is integral to the CAP and has implementation elements in the various sections of the CAP. See the example below.

CAP Example

Chapter I: Overview

Chapter II: Demands and Needs

Chapter III: Recommendations Projects and Programs

Chapter IV: Other Needs

Chapter VI: Master Schedule

Chapter VII: System Performance Tracking and Reporting

Chapter VIII: Budget and Cost Estimates

Acronyms

Glossary

back to TOC

CAP Example

Executive Summary

Chapter I: Overview

Introduction

There are two Climate Actions Plans: (1) For Internal Use and (2) For Public Consumption. The Internal Use CAP is used by the organization to manage the projects associated with the plan. The Public Consumption CAP is actually a report showing the current status of the CAP activities. It is more of a marketing document and used to provided documented evidence of the CAP activities to external organizations. This document is the Internal Use CAP and has significantly more detail than the Public Consumption CAP.

Goals

Previous Accomplishments

Process

Systems Approach to Implementation

Systematic Approach

A CAP is a strategic plan. Strategic plans feed individual detailed level plans. As each individual plan is implemented the results are rolled up to a strategic plan, in this case the CAP. For example, the facilities team will have one or more existing plans that trace directly to the CAP. As they execute their facilities plan(s), their status feeds into the appropriate section(s) of the CAP.

The implementation of the CAP can be treated as a CAP Implementation System (CIS). This system like all systems has inputs, functions, and outputs. The outputs have certain performance levels. These performance levels are the metrics used to measure the effectiveness of the CIS. These performance metrics will vary over time as the CAP implementation proceeds from year 1 to year 2 to year n. Ideally the CIS performance will improve over time, however it must be understood that there will be setbacks and new challenges. Because of this reality the CAP must be revisited annually and updated with status of the existing plan elements (projects and or programs) and new plan elements (projects and or programs). The CIS functions are Activities, Projects, and Programs. As they run they produce results that are the outputs. This is illustrated in the CAP Implementation System (CIS) Diagram below.

Inputs

Outputs

Staff
Money
Volunteers
Equipment
Materials
Information Products


==>

Climate Action Plan
Implementation
System (CIS)

Recommendations
Activities
Projects
Programs

==>

Green House Gas Reports
Academic Courses
Research Projects
New Technology IP
New Products & Systems
Community Outreach
Social Justice
Healthy Ventilation
Business Practices
Infrastructure
Civic Engagement and Community Impact
Internal Culture

Figure: CAP Implementation System (CIS) Diagram

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Release Strategy

There are two Climate Actions Plans: (1) For Internal Use and (2) For Public Consumption. The Internal Use CAP is used by the organization to manage the projects associated with the plan. The Public Consumption CAP is actually a report showing the current status of the CAP activities. It is more of a marketing document and used to provided documented evidence of the CAP activities to external organizations.

A CAP with Recommendations is a preliminary plan because there is no commitment. Without commitment nothing is actionable and trackable. There is no way to measure progress other than acceptance or rejection of the Recommendations. The plan becomes real when there is commitment and actionable elements are in the plan and that happens with the establishment of Projects and if the projects are numerous then they are grouped into Programs. Low level plans have Activities that are part of Projects. Recommendations have no funding. Projects are accepted recommendations and have funding. Recommendations may have a 10 year view of expected performance. The following is an example of the CAP evolution (transition strategy):

Climate Action Plans Release
Climate Action Plan (Preliminary) Internal Initial Recommendations Only Day 1
Climate Action Plan (Draft) Internal Approved Programs and Projects with Pending Recommendations Day 30
Climate Action Plan (Final) Internal Approved Programs and Projects Day 60
Climate Action Plan Year 20xx Internal Previously Approved and New Programs and Projects Annual
Climate Action Plan Year 20xx For Public Consumption Annual

The Public Consumption Climate Action Plan is really a Climate Action Plan Report.

Since the CAP will include facilities it will come with pre-approved projects. This suggests that the CAP by its very nature will start as a Draft version.

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

CAP Implementation System (CIS) Management

The CIS management includes the following key system elements:

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

TIMS - Technical Interchange Meetings

A Technical Interchange Meeting (TIM) is typically called to address one or more technical challenges. It is not a status report, it is a presentation of the current technical content and a working session to discuss the technical content and technical issues. The idea behind a TIM is to have cross fertilization between the specialties. This allows for others to offer their unique perspectives to a specialty area, and it also allows for everyone to learn and be on the same page.

TIM Dates (goal): Monthly

Each subcommittee (program) provides a 1-2 slide presentation of their key findings to date. If they have nothing new to offer that is okay. Someone may have something new to offer the team from the audience. Anyone in the audience can present. There may be multiple presenters.

TIM recording and posting on Teams Portal: Suggested for those that have schedule conflicts, especially for students.

TIM Agenda

It is a long meeting. Keep in mind that most groups will probably spend only 5 minutes for the early TIMS. There is nothing significant to offer and that is okay.

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

SEL - Systems Engineering Library

This houses all the information products. It is important that everyone has access not only to their subcommittee but also all the other subcommittees because that allows for the cross fertilization that is key to a systems-based effort. It allows everyone to learn, especially the students, and be on the same page. Anyone can submit content to the SEL. The SEL organization will change over time, but this is an initial suggestion. When a submission is made to the SEL, everyone is notified.

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Email Group

There is an option to create a Group in Email tools. This is different than an email group address because it allows anyone to post an email using the group link in the email tool that will be automatically sent to everyone in the group. There is no need to have a copy of the email group address. For example, someone may have a white paper that they prepared that may not need to go into the SEL, but they would like to send it to the group, they find the group in the email and send the email from that group. This is another form of communications, less formal than the SEL and the TIMS. There is 1 group, and all the subcommittee (program and project) members are in that group. The advantage of this approach is that members do not need to log into platforms like Teams to access the information.

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Funding Sources

The following are anticipated funding sources for the CIS Projects and Programs. [1] [2] It is expected that the CIS Management budget will also come from one or more of the following funding sources.

Internal Funding (including internal loans and revolving loan funds): The operating budget of the city, county, or entity. Obtaining internal funding may require budget reallocation or additional appropriations. A revolving loan fund structure is where all or a portion of payments on the first loans are used to fund subsequent projects rather than being returned to the lender. Revolving loans may require partnering with a bank to manage the loans. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Any.

Foundations, Non-Profits, For-Profits (including public-private partnerships): Organizations at the local, regional, and national level that may be interested, willing, or obligated to fund climate, energy, and sustainability projects. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

Local Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from local utilities, or city/county governments. Grants will likely have reporting requirements; the extent of required reporting will vary by governing body. Loans require ongoing revenue streams for repayment. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Short.

State Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from a state agency. Grants may have extensive reporting requirements; the extent will vary by state. Loans require an ongoing revenue stream for repayment. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

Federal Funding (grant or loan): Funds available from a federal agency that come directly from the agency, through the state, or through a local organization such as a metropolitan planning organization (MPO). Grants may have extensive reporting requirements, which will vary by granting agency and based on local requirements that may be layered on top of federal requirements. Loans require repayment. Project Scope: Project. Estimated Duration: Short to Medium.

Performance Based Contract, Energy Savings Performance Contract, Energy Service Agreement , or Energy Service Company (ESCO): A partnership between an entity and an energy service company, where the cost of upgrades are paid for by avoided energy expenditures resulting from the upgrades or from the ESCO if the savings fall short of what was guaranteed in the contract. After the term of the contract, subsequent benefits accrue to the entity. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Short.

Private Equity Finance or Third Party Ownership with a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA): When an investor funds all or a portion of the project in return for a share of project ownership or to obtain tax credit. PPAs are often used for solar projects where a third party owns, installs, and maintains the project; the host purchases energy from the owner. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Medium to Long.

Public Benefit Fund or Tax Revenue: Funds acquired through a new tax or fee. For example, some cities have introduced a $0.05–0.10 plastic bag tax or fee that contributes to a sustainability fund. Authority to establish taxes and fees varies from state to state and may require council approval or a ballot initiative, depending on the process in your entity. Project Scope: Program. Estimated Duration: Long. Capacity for Managing Funds: High.

Avoided Energy Expenditures: Avoided energy expenditures resulting from climate, energy, and sustainability projects that can be reinvested in the project or program. Project Scope: Project or Program. Estimated Duration: Any.

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Plan Structure

The plan is devided into the following sections. The key element is the concept of projects and programs that are grouped into areas that make sense for the organization. The plan is not a marketing document. It is a document used by the organization to identify recommendations, projects, programs and then track progress. Its focus in the Climate Change Implementation System (CIS).

Climate Action Plan (CAP) Outline

Executive Summary

Chapter I: Overview

Chapter II: Demands and Needs

Chapter III: Recommendations, Projects, and Programs

Chapter IV: Other Needs

Chapter V: Programs and Projects Transition Strategies

Chapter VI: Master Schedule

Chapter VII: System Performance Tracking and Reporting

Chapter VIII: Budget and Cost Estimates

Acronyms

Glossary

The following is an outline for the Project / Course / Research descriptions:

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Chapter II: Demands and Needs

Chapter III: Recommendations Projects and Programs

1. Buildings and Energy Program

Existing Projects

Recommendations

Recommendation 1: Climate Action Plans (CAP) should provide standalone ACH Level Requirements

A CAP needs to include carbon footprint impacts on ventilation performance levels to establish not only a low carbon footprint but also a healthy ventilation future everywhere. A CAP can no longer reference LEED (or ASHRAE non-hospital standards) for ventilation because the CDC guidance is now a minimum of 5 ACH in all rooms. LEED references ASHRAE non-hospital standards and both LEED and ASHRAE non-hospital standards do not provide the correct requirements so that designers, operators, and maintainers can ensure 5 ACH in all rooms. Add the following text to the CAP in the same place where LEED and or ASHRAE are referenced:

From a systems perspective, the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. Based on this critical need all rooms in all buildings shall have a minimum of 5 Air Changes Per Hour (ACH) per the latest CDC guidelines in 2024.

Proposed Projects

Project 1: Low Carbon Healthy Ventilation

Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a low carbon healthy ventilation system that meets or exceeds the CDC guidelines and is transparent to the public.

Background: CDC 2024 guidance is a minimum of 5 ACH in all rooms. LEED references ASHRAE non-hospital standards and both LEED and ASHRAE non-hospital standards do not provide the correct requirements so that designers, operators, and maintainers can ensure 5 ACH in all rooms.

Description: This project includes multiple projects as described below.

Install a Building Automation System in Each Building (BAS)

The BAS system must support the following key ventilation requirements: kWh, CFM, ACH, cubic feet, and alarms and event logs. Once implemented, a BAS system when effectively managed can automate a manual Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) program. The Ventilation QII program becomes a review of the BAS reports. It also may eliminate the need to measure ACH levels and develop a carbon footprint model because metered data becomes available that can be entered into Green House Gas reports. The challenge is that not all spaces may have BAS instrumentation.

This project has started.

Measure ACH levels in all Rooms in all Buildings

Measure the ventilation levels in all rooms in all buildings to determine the ACH level in each room. The ACH data will be used to respond to the new CAP goal of reducing carbon footprint while also ensuring minimum ACH levels are maintained. In order to get a reasonable handle on the ventilation performance levels in the various buildings, a site survey needs to be performed to document the ventilation ACH levels in all buildings. There is design and then there is reality. The reality is what matters and is affected by real world operations, maintenance, and unintended consequences.

This project was performed during the COVID-19 disaster.

Develop Carbon footprint and Ventilation Model

Develop a model that shows the relationship between carbon footprint and ventilation levels. Typically there is significant building carbon footprint data but there is no related ventilation performance levels data. The ventilation performance level data in terms of ACH is needed to ensure that the 5 ACH level is achieved. There should be a Course Grain Model at the building level and a Fine Grain Model at the Room level. The model should feed directly into a Green House Report that clearly shows the carbon footprint attributed to ventilation. The model is needed because it is difficult to measure the ventilation carbon footprint in large buildings with hundreds of fans and dampers.

This project is partially started with the Greenhouse Report that captures Carbon Footprints.

Establish a Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) Program

An independent Ventilation QII Program is needed to surface operations and maintenance issues. These issues exist and fall into 2 categories: (1) wasted energy or (2) poor ventilation causing respiratory infections. Without an independent Ventilation QII Program, empirical data suggests there will be rooms with ventilation levels below 5 ACH and there will be rooms above 6+ ACH that are using excessive carbon.

This project is new.

Purchase or Lease or Build Ceiling Level UV Systems

UV ventilation uses significantly less power than mechanical ventilation. The suggested approach is to start a demo project and followup with a pilot program before full rollout. The recommendations are based on getting the greatest airborne contagion mitigation benefit. For example, placing systems in personal offices will have minimal benefit because a personal office rarely will have multiple occupants while a public space will have many occupants and this will have massive benefit.

To reduce purchase costs consider buying the parts and assembling the systems using existing facilities staff. This approach might be as low as 10% of the capital costs. The turnkey products have significant markups because of little competition in what is still a small specialty market (hospitals, meat packing, etc). The systems meet safety and OSHA requirements.

This project is new.

Purchase or Lease FAR UV Systems

UV ventilation uses significantly less power than mechanical ventilation. The suggested approach is to start a demo project and followup with a pilot program before full rollout. The recommendations are based on getting the greatest airborne contagion mitigation benefit. For example, placing systems in personal offices will have minimal benefit because a personal office rarely will have multiple occupants while a public space will have many occupants and this will have massive benefit. The systems meet safety and OSHA requirements.

This project is new.

Anticipated Benefits: The COVID-19 disaster showed the importance of facility ventilation and that it cannot be removed from the planning efforts. Just like there are targets for energy use and carbon footprints there needs to be targets for ventilation levels. What is at stake is increased risk of airborne respiratory infections and wasted energy in some cases. Carbon footprints will increase in cases were rooms are less than 5 ACH. However, research suggests we will find rooms with excessive ACH. New technologies will be investigated and part of ventilation upgrades including proper BAS, new highly efficient mechanical ventilation motors, and introduction of FAR UV or ceiling level UV systems, etc.

Stakeholders: Students, staff, and anyone visiting the facilities

Approach: The approach is to tie into existing facilities projects and add new projects as needed.

Products: BAS, Green house report that includes ACH ventilation levels for each public space that is validated and periodically checked for compliance, Ventilation QII Program, UV Systems.

Related Projects: BAS, Chillers, HVAC Maintenance

Schedule

S - Start, C - Complete, x - In progress, P - performed

Month

-

Year

Projects

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 02 03 04 05

Install BAS in Remaining Buildings

x x x x x x x x x x x x C
Install LED Lighting in Remaining Buildings x x x x x x x x x x x x C
On Going HVAC Maintenance x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Green Electric Power Sources Purchase Agreements P P P P P

Measure ACH levels in all Rooms in all Buildings (previous effort, redo annually)

S C P P P P

Develop Carbon footprint and Ventilation Model (existing effort)

S C P P P P P

Establish a Ventilation Quality Improvement Indicator (QII) Program (New)

S C P P P

Purchase or Lease or Build Ceiling Level UV Systems (New)

S x x x x x x x x x x C

Purchase or Lease FAR UV Systems (New)

S x x x x x x x x x x C

2. Academics and Research Program

Existing Courses and Research

A tool was used in 2023 to analyze the Drexel University 2021-2022 course catalog. The tool and reports are at. University Level Courses Analysis

Courses - Climate Change

Courses - Sustainability

Research - Climate Change

TBD

Recommendations

New Course 1: Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint

Because of the COVID-19 disaster, we re-learned the importance of facility ventilation. Suddenly when dealing with climate change ventilation enters the systems solution space. From a systems perspective the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters.

There are no courses addressing the design of facility ventilation to address this important new challenge. There is a significant body of knowledge but it is not being taught at the university level.

New Course 2: Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

Climate change and facility ventilation share the same characteristics of being distant, invisible, and seeming to not directly affect the individual. Climate change has massive evidence presented in the public media that something is happening. It is easy for people to see and process the images of the negative effects of climate change. Facility ventilation has massive scientific and empirical evidence but it is not in the public media. The only aspect that is in the public media is the COVID-19 disaster. Ventilation to minimize the risk of airborne contagions is not in the mass mind or in the people charged with designing, operating, and maintaining facilities. Ventilation is viewed only from the comfort level perspective of temperature and humidity.

There are no courses addressing the design of facility ventilation to address this important new challenge. There is a significant body of knowledge but it is not being taught at the university level.

Proposed Courses and Research

Project 1: Course Development - Low Carbon Healthy Ventilation

Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop new courses to address the challenges of low carbon healthy ventilation systems.

Background: Because of the COVID-19 disaster, we re-learned the importance of facility ventilation. Suddenly when dealing with climate change ventilation enters the systems solution space. From a systems perspective the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Carbon Vs. Health or Carbon Vs. Climate Disasters.

Additionally, climate change and facility ventilation share the same characteristics of being distant, invisible, and seeming to not directly affect the individual. Climate change has massive evidence presented in the public media that something is happening. It is easy for people to see and process the images of the negative effects of climate change. Facility ventilation has massive scientific and empirical evidence but it is not in the public media. The only aspect that is in the public media is the COVID-19 disaster. Ventilation to minimize the risk of airborne contagions is not in the mass mind or in the people charged with designing, operating, and maintaining facilities. Ventilation is viewed only from the comfort level perspective of temperature and humidity.

Description: This project will develop the following new courses:

Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint

This course will provide a complete system level understanding of both carbon footprints, ventilation levels, and risk of airborne infection. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Carbon Vs. Health or Carbon Vs. Climate Disasters. The students will be exposed to the significant body of knowledge associated with risk of infection from airborne infections, ventilation, and carbon footprint impacts that is not generally found practiced. This course will enable students design, lead, and manage the development of these systems.

Because of the COVID-19 disaster, we re-learned the importance of facility ventilation. Suddenly when dealing with climate change ventilation enters the systems solution space. From a systems perspective the goal is to reduce carbon footprint but not at the cost of lost health or epidemics. This is a serious systems tradeoff challenge: Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Health or Ventilation Carbon Footprint Vs. Climate Disasters. There are no courses addressing the design of facility ventilation to address this important new challenge. There is a significant body of knowledge but it is not being taught at the university level.

Level: Masters Degree.

Course Department: Systems Engineering.

Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

This course will examine the history and challenges of healthy ventilation and provide strategies to overcome the challenges so that healthy low carbon footprint ventilation systems can be developed and accepted by all stakeholders. This course will enable the students to effectively present the challenges of healthy ventilation low carbon footprint systems and support the design and management of these systems.

Climate change and facility ventilation share the same characteristics of being distant, invisible, and seeming to not directly affect the individual. Climate change has massive evidence presented in the public media that something is happening. It is easy for people to see and process the images of the negative effects of climate change. Facility ventilation has massive scientific and empirical evidence but it is not in the public media. The only aspect that is in the public media is the COVID-19 disaster. Ventilation to minimize the risk of airborne contagions is not in the mass mind or in the people charged with designing, operating, and maintaining facilities. Ventilation is viewed only from the comfort level perspective of temperature and humidity.

Level: Masters Degree.

Course Department: Systems Engineering.

Anticipated Benefits: Students will be able to propose, design, lead, and manage any healthy ventilation low carbon footprint systems. Social benefits may include avoidance of future airborne disease epidemics.

Stakeholders: Students and general public.

Approach: The approach is to gather the body of knowledge associated with the courses and develop new online courses that also can be taught in live classroom settings.

Products: The following online courses will be developed that will have: Syllabus, Reading Assignments, Lectures, Homework, Quizzes, Discussion Topics, Midterm, and Final:

  1. Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint
  2. Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

Related Projects: Other course development projects

Schedule

S - Start, C - Complete, x - In progress, R - Run Course

Month

-

Year

New Courses And Research

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 02 03 04 05

Facility Ventilation to Minimize Airborne Infection Risk and Carbon Footprint

S x x x x C R R R R R

Psychology of Healthy Ventilation

S x x C R R R R R

Chapter IV: Other Needs

Chapter V: Programs and Projects Transition Strategies

Chapter VI: Master Schedule

Master Schedule

S - Start, C - Complete, x - In progress, A - activities

Month

-

Year

Programs

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 02 03 04 05

1. Buildings and Energy Program

x x x x x x x x x x x x x C A A
2. Academics and Research Program S x x x x x x x x x x C A A A A
3. Business Practices Program S A A A A
4. Infrastructure Program S A A A A

5. Civic Engagement and Community Impact Program

S A A A A

6. Institutional Culture Program

S A A A A

Chapter VII: System Performance Tracking and Reporting

Performance Requirements and Metrics

In every system it is important to identify the key system performance requirements and then track and report the system performance. [3] The performance requirements must be met for the system to be considered a success. Finding the key system performance requirements is not a trivial task and it takes time to surface these performance requirements and determine the proper units of measure for each of the requirements. These performance requirements once measured in an operational setting become the performance metrics for the system. Each CAP team develops their own performance metrics. The performance metrics can be augmented with the Sustainability Tracking, Assessment & Rating System (STARS) elements.

The following table offers suggested Performance Requirement Goals as the years unfold. STARS is treated as a single line item rather than the individual components that are STARS. This is only an example.

Table: Performance Requirement Goals

Performance Requirement

Units (a)

Goal

yr1

yr2

yr3

yr4

yr5

yr6

y67

yr8

yr9

yr10

1. Academics and Research (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

25%

50%

75%

100%

Undergraduate Courses (start = 15) # of Courses

30

17

20

23

26

30

done

Graduate Courses (start = 6) # of Courses

20

8

10

12

14

16

done
Certificates # Certificates

4

1

2

3

4

MS Programs # of MS Programs

3

1

1

2

3

PhDs Granted # of PhDs Granted

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Research Projects # of Projects

10

5

8

9

10

done

Climate Change Research Institute % Towards est.

100%

25%

50%

75%

100%

Technology IP # of Tech IP

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

done

Products (Participation) # of Products

5

1

1

2

2

3

4

5

done

Systems (Participation) # of Systems

4

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

done

2. Buildings and Energy (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

100%

Maintenance and New Projects # of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done
Carbon Removal Projects (b) # of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

Green House Gas Reports (b) C02 Level Emissions

0%

40% 30% 20% 10%

0

+2%

+5%

+8%

+10%

+12%

Healthy Ventilation
(Social Justice Project #1)
% public spaces sq-ft

100%

10%

50%

100%

done

3. Business Practices (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

100%

Business Practices Projects

# of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

Green House Gas Reports C02 Level Emissions

0%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0

done

4. Infrastructure (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

100%

Infrastructure Projects # of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

Green House Gas Reports C02 Level Emissions

0%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0

done

5. Civic Engagement and Community Impact (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

100%

Civic Engagement and
Community Impact Projects
# of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

6. Internal Culture (All are Climate Change)

Recommendations Accepted %

100%

100%

Internal Culture Projects # of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

7. Other (All are Climate Change)

Overall Greenhouse Gas Reduction %

90%

25%

50%

75%

85%

90%

done

Social Justice Projects # of Projects

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

STARS (c) STARS Levels (d)

5

1

2

3

4

5

done

Notes:
(a) # of - Total for the current year
(b) CO2 emissions go positive when there is carbon removal from environment
(c) Sustainability Tracking, Assessment & Rating System (STARS)
(d) Platinum = 5, Gold =4 , Silver = 3, Bronze = 2, Reporter = 1

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

Chapter VIII: Budget and Cost Estimates

Acronyms

Glossary

<< Climate Action Plan Implementation System

References:

[1] Climate and Energy Resources for State, Local and Tribal Governments Local Climate Action Framework: A Step-by-Step Implementation Guide, United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 19 January 2017, https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/statelocalclimate/local-climate-action-framework-step-step-implementation-guide_.html.

[2] Climate and Energy Resources for State, Local and Tribal Governments Obtain Resources for Climate & Energy Programs, United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 19 January 2017, https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/statelocalclimate/obtain-resources-climate-energy-programs_.html.

[3] Climate and Energy Resources for State, Local and Tribal Governments Track & Report, United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 19 January 2017, https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/statelocalclimate/track-report_.html.

[4] National Airspace System Plan, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), September 1981 - 1989. local 1988 . local 1989

back to TOC


This research is being performed using the memex. The memex was first conceived in 1945 in a paper called As We May Think. Since 1945 generations of engineers and scientists have worked tirelessly to make the memex a reality and you know it as the Internet. Its original purpose was to Educate and perform Research. E-commerce and social media came much later and many that used the Internet for Research and Education have died. The memex was used by healthcare people around the world to deal with the COVID-19 disaster in real time. Please forward the information on this page to everyone everywhere.

Presentations
Presentation 1
Building Ventilation Video

CAP Products
Model
Global Warming
Climate Change
Sustainable
Stern Review
US Strategic Plan


Key Products
QIDC
FVSE

SVARS
Ventilation Research
FAQ
Building Ventilation
Clean Air Buildings
Return To Life
Systems Perspective

Systems
Systems Practices
Systems Design
Systems Perspective
COVID-19

Copyright © 2021 Cassbeth Inc. All Rights Reserved. This information can be only used for education, research, or news media organizations. Any other use of this information by any entity where there is a financial transaction such as for products or services by for profit, nonprofit, and government organizations is forbidden and must contact Cassbeth for release.